This is a modern-English version of Sumerian Hymns from Cuneiform Texts in the British Museum, originally written by unknown author(s).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Sumerian Hymns
from
Cuneiform Texts in the British Museum
Frederick Augustus Vanderburgh
Frederick Augustus Vanderburgh
Note
The so-called “Sumerian Question” as to the genuine linguistic character of the ancient Non-Semitic Babylonian texts has agitated the Assyriological world for more than twenty years. The new Sumerian matter from the monuments which is constantly coming to hand demands, in the interest of all those who can look upon this discussion with impartial eyes, a most rigid and unprejudiced examination. Dr. Vanderburgh in the following monograph has adhered to the views expounded in my “Materials for a Sumerian Lexicon” (J. C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1905-1907), that the so-called Sumerian was originally a Non-Semitic agglutinative language which, in the course of many centuries of Semitic influences, became so incrusted with Semiticisms, most of them the result of a very gradual development of the earlier foreign sacred speech of the priests, that it is really not surprising to find the theory that Sumerian was merely a Semitic cryptography set forth and vigorously upheld by so eminent a scholar as Professor Halévy (MSL., pp. VIII, IX).
The so-called “Sumerian Question” regarding the true linguistic nature of the ancient Non-Semitic Babylonian texts has stirred debate among Assyriologists for over twenty years. The new Sumerian material from the monuments that keeps coming to light requires, for the benefit of everyone who can view this discussion fairly, a thorough and unbiased analysis. Dr. Vanderburgh, in the following monograph, has supported the ideas presented in my “Materials for a Sumerian Lexicon” (J. C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1905-1907), which state that the so-called Sumerian was originally a Non-Semitic agglutinative language. Over many centuries of Semitic influence, it became heavily layered with Semitic features, primarily stemming from a gradual evolution of the earlier foreign sacred language of the priests. Therefore, it's not surprising that the theory claiming Sumerian was merely a Semitic cryptography has been proposed and strongly defended by a prominent scholar like Professor Halévy (MSL., pp. VIII, IX).
The study of the more ancient Non-Semitic texts, more particularly of the Sumerian unilingual hymns, cannot fail to shed additional light on the nature of this peculiar idiom, besides furnishing a valuable addition to the study of the Babylonian religious system.
The study of the older Non-Semitic texts, especially the Sumerian hymns written in just one language, will definitely provide more insight into this unique language, as well as contribute valuable information to the understanding of the Babylonian religious system.
The texts of the hymns in Vol. XV. of the Brit. Mus. Cun. Texts are not always in good condition and present many difficulties, a solution of some of which, it is hoped, has been suggested in this work with at least approximate correctness.
The texts of the hymns in Vol. XV. of the Brit. Mus. Cun. The texts aren't always in great condition and have many challenges, some of which, we hope, have been addressed in this work with at least some accuracy.
John Dyneley Prince
John Dyneley Prince
Columbia University
Columbia University
October 1st, 1907
October 1, 1907
To the
Rev. Edward Judson, D. D.,
in recognition of his friendship to the author
and of his interest in Oriental studies
To the
Rev. Edward Judson, D. D.,
in appreciation of his friendship with the author
and his passion for Asian studies
Preface
Vol. XV. of the “Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian Tablets in the British Museum, printed by order of the Trustees”, was published in 1902. Plates 7-30 of this valuable volume contain hymns addressed to Bêl, Nergal, Adad, Sin, Tammuz, Bau and Ningirgilu. Of these, besides the translations given in the present work, the following have been translated and commented on; viz., J. Dyneley Prince, Jour. Amer. Or. Soc., xxviii, pp. 168-182, a hymn to Nergal (Pl. 14); and a hymn to Sin (also rendered and explained in this thesis) by E. Guthrie Perry, in Hymnen und Gebete an Sin (Pl. 17). In press at present are also translations by J. D. Prince, a hymn to Bau, Vol. XV. Pl. 22 in the Harper Memorial Volume (Chicago); and, by the same author, a hymn to Ningirgilu, Vol. XV. Pl. 23, in the Paul Haupt Collection to appear in 1908.
Vol. XV of the “Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian Tablets in the British Museum, printed by order of the Trustees” was published in 1902. Plates 7-30 of this important volume contain hymns dedicated to Bêl, Nergal, Adad, Sin, Tammuz, Bau, and Ningirgilu. In addition to the translations provided in this work, the following have also been translated and commented on: J. Dyneley Prince, Jour. Amer. Or. Soc., xxviii, pp. 168-182, a hymn to Nergal (Pl. 14); and a hymn to Sin (also translated and explained in this thesis) by E. Guthrie Perry, in Hymnen und Gebete an Sin (Pl. 17). Currently in press are also translations by J. D. Prince, a hymn to Bau, Vol. XV. Pl. 22 in the Harper Memorial Volume (Chicago); and, by the same author, a hymn to Ningirgilu, Vol. XV. Pl. 23, in the Paul Haupt Collection set to be published in 1908.
All these hymns in Plates 7-30 stand by themselves as distinct from anything hitherto published. They are unilingual, a fact indicating that they are very ancient and furthermore adding materially to the difficulty of their translation. This Thesis ventures a transliteration, translation and commentary of four of the hymns which are peculiarly difficult owing to their unilingual Non-Semitic character. Of the history of the tablets in question, which are all in the Old Babylonian character, we have no information. They must tell their own story.
All these hymns in Plates 7-30 are unique and unlike anything published before. They are in a single language, which shows they are very old and makes them much harder to translate. This Thesis offers a transliteration, translation, and commentary on four of the hymns that are especially challenging due to their single-language, Non-Semitic nature. We have no information about the history of the tablets in question, which are all in the Old Babylonian script. They must convey their own story.
The writer of this Thesis wishes to acknowledge with much appreciation the aid given him by Dr. John Dyneley Prince, Professor of Semitic Languages in Columbia University, in the preparation of this work.
The author of this thesis would like to express their gratitude for the assistance provided by Dr. John Dyneley Prince, Professor of Semitic Languages at Columbia University, in the preparation of this work.
New York, Oct. 1st, 1907
New York, Oct. 1, 1907
F. A. Vanderburgh
F. A. Vanderburgh
List of Abbreviations
- AL:Assyrische Lesestücke, von Friedrich Delitzsch. Vierte durchaus neu bearbeitete Auflage.
- ASK:Akkadische and Sumerische Keilschrifttexte, von Paul Haupt.
- BN:Das Babylonische Nimrodepos, von Paul Haupt.
- Br:A Classified List of Cuneiform Ideograms, Compiled by Rudolph E. Brünnow.
- CDAL.A Concise Dictionary of the Assyrian Language, by William Muss-Arnolt.
- CḤ:The Code of Ḥammurabi, King of Babylon, by Robert Francis Harper.
- Clerk:Collection de Clercq. Catalogue. Antiquités Assyriennes.
- CT:Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian Tablets in the British Museum.
- Déc:Découvertes en Chaldée, par Ernest de Sarzec.
- EBH:Early Babylonian History, by Hugo Radau.
- EBL:Explorations in Bible Lands during the 19th Century, by H. V. Hilprecht.
- HBA:A History of Babylonia and Assyria, by R. W. Rogers.
- HW:Assyrisches Handwörterbuch, von Friedrich Delitzsch.
- IG:The Great Cylinder Inscriptions A and B of Gudea, by Ira Maurice Price.
- JA:Journal Asiatique.
- JRAS:The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society.
- MSL:Materials for a Sumerian Lexicon, by John Dyneley Prince.
- N:Nippur, or Explorations and Adventures on the Euphrates, by John Punnett Peters.
- OBI:Old Babylonian Inscriptions, chiefly from Nippur. By H. V. Hilprecht.
- OBTR:Old Babylonian Temple Records, by Robert Julius Lau.
- R:Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia, prepared by Sir Henry Rawlinson.
- RAAO:Revue d’Assyriologie et d’Archéologie Orientale.
- RBA:Die Religion Babyloniens und Assyriens, von Morris Jastrow, Jr.
- RSA:Recueil de Signes Archaiques de l’Écriture Cunéiforme, par V. Scheil.
- Solid State DriveLes Signes Sumériens derivés, par Paul Toscanne.
- Single Sign-OnA Sketch of Semitic Origins, by George Aaron Barton.
- SVA:Die Sumerischen Verbal-Afformative nach den ältesten Keilinschriften, von Vincent Brummer.
- TC:Tableau Comparé des Écritures Babylonienne et Assyrienne Archaiques et Modernes, par A. Amiaud et L. Mechineau.
- Beverage:Der Tontafelfund von El Amarna, herausgegeben von Hugo Winckler.
- TR:Travels and Researches in Chaldaea and Susiana, by Wm. K. Loftus.
Table of Contents
- Page
- Introduction 1
- Chapter I 21
- Transliteration, Translation and Commentary, Hymn to Bel
- Chapter II 42
- Transliteration, Translation and Commentary, Hymn to Sin
- Chapter III 55
- Transliteration, Translation and Commentary, Hymn to Adad
- Chapter IV 70
- Transliteration, Translation and Commentary, Hymn to Tammuz
- Glossary 81
Introduction
The gods honored in the hymns treated in the following Thesis are Bêl, Sin (Nannar), Adad (Ramman) and Tammuz, all deities of the old Babylonian pantheon, representing different phases of personality and force, conceived of as incorporated in nature and as affecting the destinies of men. These gods are severally designated in the hymns as follows:
The gods celebrated in the hymns discussed in the following Thesis are Bêl, Sin (Nannar), Adad (Ramman), and Tammuz, all deities from the ancient Babylonian pantheon. They represent different aspects of personality and power, viewed as part of nature and influencing human fate. These gods are referred to in the hymns as follows:
- in Tablet 13963, Rev. 1, “O Bêl of the mountains;”
- in Tablet 13930, Obv. 2, “O father Nannar;”
- in Tablet 29631, Obv. 10, “O Ramman, king of heaven”; and
- in Tablet 29628, Obv. 3, “The lord Tammuz” (CT. XV, 10, 15, 16, 17 and 19).
The attributes and deeds belonging to these divinities are adduced from a wide range of literature, beginning with the royal inscriptions of the pre-dynastic periods and ending with the inscriptions of the monarchs of the later Babylonian empire. In fact, the building inscriptions of the Babylonians, the war inscriptions of the Assyrians, the legendary literature, the incantations, as well as the religious collections, particularly the hymns, afford us many descriptions, of greater or less length, of all the Babylonian gods.
The characteristics and actions of these gods are drawn from a wide variety of sources, starting with royal inscriptions from the pre-dynastic periods and continuing through the inscriptions of the later Babylonian monarchs. In fact, the construction inscriptions of the Babylonians, the military inscriptions of the Assyrians, the legendary stories, the incantations, as well as the religious texts, especially the hymns, provide us with many descriptions—some lengthy and others brief—of all the Babylonian gods.
To aid the student in understanding better the character of the four gods whose hymns have been translated in the following Thesis, I here give a brief descriptive sketch of each of the deities whose praises were sung in the documents which I have chosen to render.
To help the student more clearly understand the four gods whose hymns are translated in this Thesis, I’m providing a brief description of each deity whose praises are expressed in the documents I’ve chosen to interpret.
1. Bêl
Bêl was the most ancient of all Babylonian gods and was a popular deity through the historic rise and fall of several Babylonian states, when no other god received prominent recognition. When En-šag-kušanna, lord of Kêngi, subdued the city of Kîš in the north of Babylonia, he brought the spoil of his victory to Bêl. “To Bêl (En-lil), king of the lands, En-šag-kušanna, lord of Kêngi, the spoil 2 of Kîš, wicked of heart, he presented.”[1] Urukagina, king of Lagaš, built a temple to Ningirsu, the god of Girsu, but he, in honoring Ningirsu as the hero of Bêl, was really honoring Bêl. “For Ningirsu, the hero of Bêl, Urukagina, king of Širpurla, his house he built.”[2] Eannatum, who was patesi of Lagaš and made himself king of Kîš, calls himself the chosen of Bêl, as follows: “Eannatum, patesi of Širpurla, chosen of Bêl.”[3] Entemena, who is called in the Vase of Silver, “son of Enanatum”,[4] and who probably was the nephew of Eannatum, introduces his fine Cone Inscription with these words: “Bêl, king of the lands, father of the gods.”[5] He also claims in the same inscription to derive the right to reign from Bêl: “Entemena, patesi of Širpurla, to whom a sceptre is given by Bêl.”[6] Entemena’s Cone also gives us information about Mesilim. It speaks of Mesilim as “king of Kîš.”[7] In describing the victory of Mesilim over the Gišbanites, a people located apparently not very far from Kîš, Entemena tells us that the victory was effected by the command of Bêl. “Upon the command of Bêl a scourge he (Mesilim) brought over them (the Gišbanites); the dead in a field of the land he buried.”[8] For map showing supposed location of Gišban, see SSO. p. 158. Lugalzaggisi, a usurper from the north, making himself master of the world in all directions and setting up a throne at Erech, in his inscription of 132 lines, freely recognizes the favor of Bêl. “Bêl, king of the lands, to Lugalzaggisi, king of Erech, the kingship of the world did give.”[9] In this period preceding Sargon I., Šamaš seems to have a distinct place in the religious world, but he does not receive the attention that Bêl receives. He is particularly mentioned in one inscription; viz., in the Stèle des Vautours, where he is spoken of as “Šamaš, the king who dispenses splendour.”[10]
Bêl was the oldest of all Babylonian gods and was a well-known deity throughout the historical rise and fall of several Babylonian states, during which no other god gained much recognition. When En-šag-kušanna, the lord of Kêngi, conquered the city of Kîš in northern Babylonia, he brought the spoils of his victory to Bêl. “To Bêl (En-lil), king of the lands, En-šag-kušanna, lord of Kêngi, presented the spoils of Kîš, wicked of heart.”[1] Urukagina, the king of Lagaš, built a temple to Ningirsu, the god of Girsu, but by honoring Ningirsu as the hero of Bêl, he was actually honoring Bêl. “For Ningirsu, the hero of Bêl, Urukagina, king of Širpurla, built his house.”[2] Eannatum, who was patesi of Lagaš and declared himself king of Kîš, refers to himself as the chosen of Bêl: “Eannatum, patesi of Širpurla, chosen of Bêl.”[3] Entemena, referred to in the Vase of Silver as “son of Enanatum,”[4] and who was likely Eannatum's nephew, begins his impressive Cone Inscription with these words: “Bêl, king of the lands, father of the gods.”[5] He also states in the same inscription that he derives his right to rule from Bêl: “Entemena, patesi of Širpurla, to whom Bêl has given a scepter.”[6] Entemena’s Cone also shares details about Mesilim, referring to him as “king of Kîš.”[7] In describing Mesilim's victory over the Gišbanites, a people likely located not far from Kîš, Entemena reveals that the victory was achieved by the command of Bêl: “By the command of Bêl, he (Mesilim) brought a scourge upon them (the Gišbanites); he buried the dead in a field of the land.”[8] For a map showing the supposed location of Gišban, see SSO. p. 158. Lugalzaggisi, a usurper from the north who made himself master of the world in all directions and established a throne at Erech, openly acknowledges the favor of Bêl in his 132-line inscription. “Bêl, king of the lands, granted kingship of the world to Lugalzaggisi, king of Erech.”[9] In this period before Sargon I., Šamaš seems to hold a distinct place in the religious realm but does not receive as much attention as Bêl. He is specifically mentioned in one inscription, namely the Stèle des Vautours, where he is referred to as “Šamaš, the king who dispenses splendor.”[10]
The date of these early Babylonian rulers, of course, is, as yet, not accurately determined. The relative age of each is made out chiefly from palaeographic evidences (see EBH. p. 8, for example), supplemented with the attempt at fitting into one harmonious whole the events which the inscriptions of these rulers divulge. Then the whole schedule is crowded backward or forward or internally changed from time to time as new evidence is gathered for or against the testimony of Nabonidus (555-538 B. C.) who, when he discovered the tablet of Narâm-Sin, declared that he was gazing on that which no eyes had beheld for thirty-two hundred years. Nabonidus says: “I dug to a depth of eighteen cubits, and the foundation of Narâm-Sin, the son of Sargon, which for thirty-two hundred years no king that had preceded me had discovered, Šamaš, the great Lord of E-barra, permitted me, even me, to behold.”[11] On the supposed relation of these kings to Narâm-Sin, the rulers En-šag-kušanna, a king of the south, Urukagina, of Lagaš, and Mesilim, a king ruling at Kîš, are placed along about the date of 4500 B. C., while Eannatum, Enannatum and Entemena, successive rulers at Lagaš, are placed near the date of 4200 B. C. Lugalzaggisi of Erech is placed at 4000 B. C. It may be stated here that the date of Sargon I. as 3800 B. C. is obtained by adding to 3200 the date of the reign of Nabonidus as 550 years B. C. and also the length of the reign of Sargon I. as 50 years.
The dating of these early Babylonian rulers is still not precisely established. Their relative ages are primarily determined from paleographic evidence (see EBH. p. 8, for instance), along with attempts to fit together the events revealed by the inscriptions of these rulers into a coherent timeline. Consequently, the entire timeline is adjusted backward or forward or altered internally over time as new evidence emerges for or against the claims of Nabonidus (555-538 B.C.), who, upon finding the tablet of Narâm-Sin, asserted that he was looking at something no one had seen for thirty-two hundred years. Nabonidus states: “I dug to a depth of eighteen cubits, and the foundation of Narâm-Sin, the son of Sargon, which for thirty-two hundred years no king before me had discovered, Šamaš, the great Lord of E-barra, allowed me, even me, to see.”[11] Regarding the supposed connection of these kings to Narâm-Sin, rulers En-šag-kušanna, a king of the south, Urukagina of Lagaš, and Mesilim, a king of Kîš, are dated around 4500 B.C., while Eannatum, Enannatum, and Entemena, consecutive rulers at Lagaš, are placed around 4200 B.C. Lugalzaggisi of Erech is dated at 4000 B.C. It can be noted that Sargon I is dated at 3800 B.C. by adding 3200 to the reign of Nabonidus at 550 B.C. and also including Sargon I's reign of 50 years.
The seat of Bêl’s cult was Nippur, a city lying between the Euphrates and Tigris, a little below Babylon, and located, as it were, in the midway favorable to receiving homage from kings of either the north or the south of Babylonia. We find it mentioned as early as the time of Entemena, who in one of his inscriptions, in speaking of something presented to Bêl, says: “To Bêl of Nippur by Entemena it was presented”.[12] In the bilingual legend of the Creation, Nippur seems to be regarded as a very old city. It is placed at the head of the list of three that are mentioned as ancient cities of Babylonia. “Nippur was not made; E-kur was not built. Erech was not made; E-anna was not built. The abyss was not made; Eridu was not built.”[13] Nippur evidently is older than the worship of Bêl and the conception of Bêl is older than the first king of whom we have mention; viz., En-šag-kušanna, who is placed at 4500 B. C.
The center of Bêl’s worship was Nippur, a city situated between the Euphrates and Tigris rivers, just south of Babylon, ideally located to receive respect from kings from both the north and south of Babylonia. It’s mentioned as early as the time of Entemena, who in one of his inscriptions states: “To Bêl of Nippur by Entemena it was presented.”[12] In the bilingual legend of Creation, Nippur appears to be recognized as a very ancient city. It’s listed first among three ancient cities of Babylonia: “Nippur was not created; E-kur was not built. Erech was not created; E-anna was not built. The abyss was not created; Eridu was not built.”[13] Nippur is clearly older than the worship of Bêl, and the concept of Bêl predates the first king we know of, En-šag-kušanna, who dates back to 4500 B.C.
At Nippur was located Bêl’s great temple which was commonly called E-kur, house of the mountain, a name particularly descriptive of the shrine of Bêl resting on the top of the mountain-like ziggurrat. Sargon I. calls himself the builder of Bêl’s temple at Nippur, and Narâm-Sin, the son of Sargon, also calls himself the builder of Bêl’s temple. Sargon’s language, which we take from a door-socket found at Nippur, is: “Šargani-šar-âli, son of Itti-Bêl, the mighty king of Agade, builder of E-kur, temple of Bêl in Nippur”.[14] The language of Narâm-Sin from a brick stamp found at Nippur is: “Narâm-Sin, builder of the temple of Bêl”.[15] Neither Sargon nor his son meant that he was the original builder of E-kur. They were simply repairers of the temple, like many other kings. Many kings down to the last king of the last empire took much pride in rebuilding temples. There must have been a temple at Nippur when En-šag-kušanna presented the spoil of Kîš to Bêl. Excavations at Nippur show that, as there are great deposits of debris above the temple pavements made by Sargon and his son, so beneath these pavements there is a further great layer of debris, proving that the founding of E-kur must reach far back into the darkness of pre-historic antiquity. Sargon’s bricks were the first to bear a stamp which we may consider to imply a date, but they were not the first bricks laid.
At Nippur stood the great temple of Bêl, commonly known as E-kur, meaning "house of the mountain," a name that fittingly describes Bêl's shrine sitting atop the mountain-like ziggurrat. Sargon I referred to himself as the builder of Bêl’s temple at Nippur, and his son Narâm-Sin also claimed to be the builder of this temple. Sargon’s inscription, taken from a door-socket found at Nippur, reads: “Šargani-šar-âli, son of Itti-Bêl, the mighty king of Agade, builder of E-kur, temple of Bêl in Nippur.”[14] Narâm-Sin’s inscription, from a brick stamp discovered at Nippur, states: “Narâm-Sin, builder of the temple of Bêl.”[15] Both Sargon and his son did not claim to be the original builders of E-kur. They were merely restoring the temple, much like many other kings. Numerous kings, up until the last king of the last empire, took great pride in renovating temples. There must have been a temple at Nippur when En-šag-kušanna offered the spoils of Kîš to Bêl. Excavations at Nippur indicate that, while there are significant deposits of debris from Sargon and his son above the temple pavements, there is also a substantial layer of debris beneath these pavements, suggesting that the founding of E-kur dates back deep into the obscure times of pre-historic history. Sargon’s bricks were the first to carry a stamp that can be seen as dating them, but they were not the first bricks laid.
The ziggurrat which Ur-Gur, an early king of Ur, built is the first of which we have definite knowledge. We know something of the pavement that Sargon I. and Narâm-Sin built, but of the character of the buildings that might have rested on this pavement we have no information. Ur-Gur leveled the ground and built a new platform, 8 feet high and 100 by 170 feet in area with a ziggurrat consisting of three stages. Some of the facings of his structure were made of burnt brick, bearing the inscription of Ur-Gur (see N. II, 124). The greatest temple Nippur ever had was built by an Assyrian king; viz., Ašurbânipal. The structure covered a larger surface than any before it. The walls, instead of being plain, were ornamented with square half columns. The lower terrace was faced with baked brick, stamped with an inscription in which the ziggurrat is dedicated to Bêl, the lord of the lands, by Ašurbânipal, the mighty king, the king of the four quarters of the earth, the builder of E-kur (see N. II, 126).
The ziggurrat that Ur-Gur, an early king of Ur, built is the first one we have clear records of. We know a bit about the pavement built by Sargon I and Narâm-Sin, but we don’t have any details about the buildings that might have been on this pavement. Ur-Gur leveled the ground and created a new platform that was 8 feet high and measured 100 by 170 feet, which included a ziggurrat with three levels. Some of the facings of his structure were made of fired brick, and they carried the inscription of Ur-Gur (see N. II, 124). The largest temple Nippur ever had was built by an Assyrian king, Ašurbânipal. This structure covered a larger area than any before it. The walls were not plain; they were decorated with square half-columns. The lower terrace was faced with baked brick, stamped with an inscription dedicating the ziggurrat to Bêl, the lord of the lands, by Ašurbânipal, the mighty king, the king of the four quarters of the earth, the builder of E-kur (see N. II, 126).
E-kur, the temple of Bêl at Nippur, as restored on the basis of the discoveries of the University of Pennsylvania Exploration Fund, consists of two courts, an outer and an inner court. Within 5 the inner court stands the ziggurrat, rising to a tower of three or four stages which the most devout pilgrims might perhaps ascend. At the top is an enclosed shrine in which is a statue of Bêl. Here Bêl and his consort, Bêlit, for Babylonian gods maintain family relations like human beings, are supposed to dwell. In figurines Bêl appears as an old man, dressed in royal robes, generally carrying a thunder-bolt in his hand (see N. II, 128). By the side of the ziggurrat stands a temple for the use of the priests. We may assume on the whole, no doubt, that the assembly of pilgrims was confined chiefly to the outer court (see EBL. 470).
E-kur, the temple of Bêl at Nippur, as restored based on the findings of the University of Pennsylvania Exploration Fund, consists of two courts: an outer court and an inner court. In the inner court, there stands the ziggurrat, which rises into a tower with three or four levels that the most devoted pilgrims might be able to climb. At the top is an enclosed shrine that holds a statue of Bêl. Here, Bêl and his partner, Bêlit—since Babylonian gods have family relationships like humans—are believed to reside. In figurines, Bêl is depicted as an old man dressed in royal robes, usually holding a thunderbolt in his hand (see N. II, 128). Next to the ziggurrat is a temple designated for the priests. We can reasonably assume that the gathering of pilgrims primarily took place in the outer court (see EBL. 470).
Bêl was at first a local deity, but as the circumference of the political territory of which Nippur was the religious centre was enlarged, so Bêl’s cult was extended. Other cities included in the same political domain with Nippur, recognized Bêl as lord. Bêl was a sort of war god. Kings rivaled one another in courting his favor. The victorious king attributed his success to Bêl and brought the spoil to Bêl. The king of the south, whether of Lagaš, Erech or Ur, and the king of the north, whether of Kîš or Agade, always went to Nippur to celebrate his victory. In this way Bêl’s lordship came to be recognized as extending over all Babylonia and finally over Assyria. Ḥammurabi, king at Babylon, 2300 B. C., recognized “Bêl as lord of heaven and earth, who determines the destiny of the land”,[16] and Tiglath-pileser I. (about 1100 B. C.), the first great Assyrian conqueror, called Bêl “the father of the gods and Bêl of the lands”,[17] and speaks of himself as “appointed to dominion over the country of Bêl”.[18]
Bêl initially started as a local god, but as the political territory centered around Nippur expanded, so did Bêl's worship. Other cities within the same political region as Nippur acknowledged Bêl as their lord. Bêl served as a kind of war god. Kings competed to gain his favor. The victorious king credited his success to Bêl and offered the spoils to him. The king from the south, whether from Lagaš, Erech, or Ur, and the king from the north, whether from Kîš or Agade, would always travel to Nippur to celebrate their victories. In this way, Bêl’s authority came to be recognized across all of Babylonia and eventually into Assyria. Ḥammurabi, king of Babylon around 2300 B.C., recognized Bêl as "lord of heaven and earth, who determines the destiny of the land,"[16] and Tiglath-pileser I (about 1100 B.C.), the first great Assyrian conqueror, referred to Bêl as "the father of the gods and Bêl of the lands,"[17] and described himself as "appointed to dominion over the country of Bêl."[18]
The Semitic appropriation of En-lil involved some transformation in the conception of Bêl. Not to refer to Palestine, there were three Bêls; the Sumerian Bêl, the Semitic Bêl and the new Bêl or Marduk, who, however, was really a different god. The Babylonian Bêl, either in the mind of the Sumerian, of the Babylonian or of the Assyrian, always had his seat at Nippur.
The Semitic adaptation of En-lil led to some changes in the idea of Bêl. Without mentioning Palestine, there were three versions of Bêl: the Sumerian Bêl, the Semitic Bêl, and the new Bêl or Marduk, who was actually a different god. The Babylonian Bêl, whether in the thoughts of the Sumerian, Babylonian, or Assyrian, always had his base in Nippur.
Under Semitic influence Bêl became lord of the world. He was one in the hierarchy of three who ruled the universe; viz., Anu, the lord of the heavens, Bêl, the lord of the earth, and Ea, the lord of the deep. The Sumerian name, En-lil, made Bêl the “lord of fulness”. The Semitic name Bêl emphasized the fact of his lordship, and the name of his temple, E-kur, “house of the mountain”, marked out the scope of his lordship. The earth was conceived 6 of as a mountain resting on the abyss, and the temple with its ziggurrat was built to rise up like a mountain out of the deep. The people could stand in the court of the temple at Nippur and say of the mountain-like structure:
Under Semitic influence, Bêl became the lord of the world. He was part of a hierarchy of three who ruled the universe: Anu, the lord of the heavens; Bêl, the lord of the earth; and Ea, the lord of the deep. The Sumerian name En-lil identified Bêl as the “lord of fullness.” The Semitic name Bêl emphasized his authority, and the name of his temple, E-kur, meaning “house of the mountain,” highlighted the extent of his dominion. The earth was imagined as a mountain resting on the abyss, and the temple with its ziggurat was built to rise like a mountain from the deep. The people could stand in the court of the temple at Nippur and say of the mountain-like structure:
“O great mountain of Bêl, O airy mountain,
“O great mountain of Bêl, O airy mountain,
Whose summit reaches heaven,
Whose peak touches the sky,
Whose foundation in the shining deep is firmly laid,
Whose foundation in the bright depths is firmly set,
On the land like a mighty bull lying,
On the ground like a powerful bull resting,
With gleaming horns like the rays of the rising sun,
With shiny horns like the beams of the rising sun,
When Babylon became the chief city of all Babylonia, it was natural that its god should be regarded as supreme. It was at this point that political lordship seemed to pass from the old Bêl to the new, namely to Marduk. Ḥammurabi, one of the early kings at Babylon, speaks of Bêl as voluntarily transferring his power to Marduk. In the Assyrian legend of the Creation this transfer is dramatically enacted. The task of overcoming the monster Tiâmat naturally belonged to Bêl. But Marduk, the youthful god of Eridu, the son of Ea, was urged to attempt the feat. When he had slain the monster, there was joy among the gods. They vied with each other in bestowing honor on the victor. Finally Bêl steps forward and confers an honor also. He bestowed on Marduk his own title with these words: “Father Bêl calls Marduk the lord of the world.”[20] Marduk, therefore, is sometimes called the new Bêl in distinction from En-lil, the old Bêl.
When Babylon became the main city of all Babylonia, it made sense that its god would be seen as the highest. At this time, political power seemed to shift from the old Bêl to the new one, Marduk. Ḥammurabi, an early king of Babylon, mentions Bêl willingly giving his authority to Marduk. In the Assyrian Creation myth, this transfer is vividly portrayed. Overcoming the monster Tiâmat was originally Bêl's responsibility. However, Marduk, the young god of Eridu and son of Ea, was encouraged to take on the challenge. Once he defeated the monster, the gods celebrated. They competed to honor the victor. Finally, Bêl stepped forward to give him an honor as well. He bestowed on Marduk his own title, saying: “Father Bêl calls Marduk the lord of the world.” Marduk is thus sometimes referred to as the new Bêl, distinguishing him from En-lil, the old Bêl.
The idea of origins is apparently not very fully elaborated in Babylonian literature. For instance, the Babylonians did not come so near to the idea of creation ex nihilo as the Hebrews. Their cosmogony starts with chaos. The expanse of the heavens appears specked with stars, some of which move with regularity. The moon travels across the expanse according to a prescribed order. Then the Babylonian bilingual account of the Creation gives a short statement of the creation of the land and sea, of man and beast. Generally, however, the divinity that planned and perfected order seems to be far in the background. The bilingual account says:
The concept of origins isn't really detailed in Babylonian literature. For example, the Babylonians didn't get as close to the idea of creation ex nihilo as the Hebrews did. Their creation story begins with chaos. The sky is filled with stars, some of which move in a predictable way. The moon follows a specific path across the sky. Then, the Babylonian bilingual account of Creation briefly mentions the creation of land and sea, as well as humans and animals. Overall, though, the deity that designed and established order seems to be largely absent. The bilingual account states:
“Marduk constructed an enclosure before the waters,
“Marduk built a barrier in front of the waters,
He made dust and heaped it up within the enclosure.
He stirred up dust and piled it up inside the enclosure.
Mankind he created.
He created humanity.
Animals of the field, creatures of the field he created.
Animals of the field, creatures of the field he made.
The Tigris and the Euphrates he made and in place put (them)
The Tigris and the Euphrates he created and placed them there.
Now Marduk, we know, took the place of Bêl and Bêl handed over his prerogatives to Marduk. In transferring his rights he must have given over also his power to create. If Marduk possessed the power to create in the time of his popularity, Bêl must have had the same power in the days of his glory, before he was succeeded by Marduk. Therefore we are led to the belief that the early Babylonians looked upon Bêl as the creator of animal and human life on earth.
Now, we know that Marduk replaced Bêl, and Bêl passed on his authority to Marduk. In giving up his rights, he must have also transferred his ability to create. If Marduk had the power to create during his rise to fame, Bêl must have had the same ability during his time of greatness, before Marduk took over. This leads us to believe that the early Babylonians viewed Bêl as the creator of animal and human life on earth.
The following hymn may be regarded as embodying a legendary view of Bêl as creator, while the idea of destruction is also incorporated in the hymn:
The following hymn can be seen as capturing a legendary perspective of Bêl as the creator, while also including the concept of destruction:
“Of Bêl, mighty hand,
"Of Bêl, mighty hand,"
Who lifts up glory and splendour, day of power.
Who brings forth glory and splendor, day of strength.
Fearfulness he establishes.
He establishes fear.
Lord of DUN.PA.UD.DU.A, mighty hand.
Lord of DUN.PA.UD.DU.A, powerful hand.
Fearfulness he establishes.
He creates fear.
Stormy one, father, mother, creator, mighty hand.
Stormy one, father, mother, creator, powerful hand.
The catch-net he throws over the hostile land.
The safety net he casts over the unfriendly territory.
Lord, great warrior, mighty hand.
Lord, great warrior, powerful hand.
A firm house he raises up; the enemy he overthrows.
He builds a strong house; he defeats his enemy.
The shining one, lord of Nippur, mighty hand.
The shining one, lord of Nippur, powerful hand.
2. Sin
Next after Bêl, the moon-god is worthy of consideration, because of the age of his cult, and because of the greatness of its influence in Babylonia. The moon-god had two Sumerian names, 8 two Assyrian names and two great temples. The Sumerian name most often applied to the moon-god is Šis-ki, the particular meaning of which in this case does not seem to be very patent. If the two syllables Šis and ki are taken as nouns, the one is the construct state and the other in the genitive relation, the name means “brother of the land”, that is, “protector of the land”, or “helper of the land”. The other Sumerian name is En-zu, lord of wisdom, the intellectual attribute of wisdom being closely related to the physical property of giving light. While therefore Šis-ki expresses the material relation of the moon to the earth, En-zu seems to state the intellectual relation of the moon-god to the affairs of the earth. The first Assyrian name of the moon-god to be considered is Nannar. The derivation of this name is still in doubt. It generally occurs in bilingual literature as the Assyrian equivalent of the Sumerian Šis-ki (see IV R. 9, 3-18). Jastrow thinks that the word Nannar is made by the reduplication of nar, “light”, and the assimilation of the first r, Nar + nar = Nannar (see RBA. p. 72). The other Assyrian name, connected with the moon-god more often at Harran than at Ur, is Sin, the sign being EŠ, used also for “thirty”, and is applied to the moon-god as the deity of the month of thirty days. As the cult of the moon-god traveled from Ur to Harran, so the name of Sin traveled even into the peninsula of Arabia and probably became a local name there in the wilderness. The Assyrian kings of the second empire seemed to prefer to call the moon-god by the name Sin, but the Semitic Babylonians called him Nannar.
Next, after Bêl, the moon god deserves attention due to the longevity of his worship and his significant influence in Babylonia. The moon god had two Sumerian names, two Assyrian names, and two major temples. The Sumerian name most frequently used for the moon god is Šis-ki, the specific meaning of which is not very clear in this context. If we interpret the two syllables Šis and ki as nouns, one represents the construct state and the other is in the genitive, making the name mean "brother of the land," or "protector of the land," or "helper of the land." The other Sumerian name is En-zu, meaning lord of wisdom, with the understanding of wisdom being closely linked to the physical characteristic of providing light. Thus, while Šis-ki expresses the physical connection of the moon to the earth, En-zu seems to highlight the intellectual connection of the moon god to earthly matters. The first Assyrian name for the moon god is Nannar. The origin of this name is still uncertain. It commonly appears in bilingual texts as the Assyrian equivalent of the Sumerian Šis-ki (see IV R. 9, 3-18). Jastrow suggests that the name Nannar originates from the reduplication of nar, meaning "light," with the first r being adjusted, so Nar + nar = Nannar (see RBA. p. 72). The other Assyrian name, which is more often associated with the moon god at Harran than at Ur, is Sin, denoted by EŠ, which is also used to mean "thirty" and refers to the moon god as the deity associated with the thirty-day month. As the worship of the moon god spread from Ur to Harran, the name Sin also moved into the Arabian peninsula and likely became a regional name in the wilderness. The Assyrian kings of the second empire seemed to favor calling the moon god Sin, while the Semitic Babylonians referred to him as Nannar.
Nannar had a temple at Ur, called E-gišširgal, and one at Harran, known as E-ḥulḥul. Ur was the oldest of the two temple cities. Its history may possibly reach back to 4000 B. C. Ur held a position in southern Babylonia similar to that held by Nippur in northern Babylonia, but was not so old as Nippur. Ur was the religious centre in the south with Nannar as the state god, as Nippur was the religious centre in the north with Bêl as the state god. When the states of the south and the north were united under Ḥammurabi, Babylon, becoming the religious capital of the south and the north combined, the state lustre of the god of Babylon naturally came to dim the glory of the god of Ur as well as that of Nippur. Harran, situated on the Euphrates in the northern part of Assyria, never figured in state power, and was prominent only because of the importance of the events that centered there, on the road between the east and the west.
Nannar had a temple in Ur called E-gišširgal and another in Harran known as E-ḥulḥul. Ur was the older of the two temple cities, possibly dating back to 4000 B.C. It had a role in southern Babylonia similar to what Nippur had in northern Babylonia, though it wasn't as ancient as Nippur. Ur served as the religious center in the south with Nannar as the state god, while Nippur was the religious center in the north with Bêl as the state god. When Ḥammurabi unified the southern and northern states, Babylon became the combined religious capital of both, which naturally led to the diminishing of the prominence of the god of Ur as well as that of Nippur. Harran, located on the Euphrates in northern Assyria, never held significant state power but was notable due to the important events that took place there along the route between the east and the west.
Nabonidus, the last Semitic Babylonian king (555-538 B. C.) was an enthusiastic devotee of the moon-god. He tells us what Ašurbânipal did to the temple of the moon-god at Mugheir. In speaking of that temple, he calls it the house of Sin which Ašurbânipal, 9 king of Assyria, son of Esarhaddon, king of Assyria had built. Nabonidus himself rebuilt both the temples of the moon-god, the temple of E-gišširgal at Ur and the temple of E-ḥulḥul at Harran, and he gives us a description of the rebuilding of both. We also have two prayers of Nabonidus addressed to the moon-god, one addressed to him at E-gišširgal, the other addressed to him at E-ḥulḥul (see I R. 68, Col. I, 6 ff. and V R. 64, Col. I, 8 ff.).
Nabonidus, the last Semitic Babylonian king (555-538 B.C.), was a passionate follower of the moon-god. He shares what Ašurbânipal did to the temple of the moon-god at Mugheir. When talking about that temple, he refers to it as the house of Sin, which Ašurbânipal, king of Assyria and son of Esarhaddon, built. Nabonidus himself rebuilt both temples of the moon-god, the temple of E-gišširgal at Ur and the temple of E-ḥulḥul at Harran, and he provides a description of the renovations for both. We also have two prayers from Nabonidus addressed to the moon-god, one at E-gišširgal and the other at E-ḥulḥul (see I R. 68, Col. I, 6 ff. and V R. 64, Col. I, 8 ff.).
The temple ruins of E-gišširgal have been well uncovered. The temple is of rectangular form, the four corners turned towards the four cardinal points of the compass. The platform of the base is at the level of the roofs of the houses, made of solid masonry of bricks and reached by steps at the end. On the platform are two stagings, also of solid masonry reached by steps at one end. On the second staging is a shrine of the moon-god. In sculpture he appears as an old man with long beard and dressed in royal robes. He wears a hat and in the scene there is always a thin crescent (see Clercq, Vol. I, Plates X-XV). Loftus and Taylor both give drawings of the temple of E-gišširgal (see TR. p. 127 and JRAS. XV, p. 260.) The ruins of the temple of the moon-god at Harran have not yet been uncovered to the extent that the plan of the temple can be laid before us.
The temple ruins of E-gišširgal have been thoroughly revealed. The temple is rectangular, with its four corners facing the four cardinal directions. The base platform is at the same level as the roofs of the surrounding houses, constructed of solid brick masonry and accessible by steps at one end. On the platform are two stages, also made of solid masonry, reached by steps at one end. On the second stage is a shrine dedicated to the moon-god. In artwork, he appears as an elderly man with a long beard, dressed in royal robes. He wears a hat, and there's always a thin crescent depicted in the scene (see Clercq, Vol. I, Plates X-XV). Both Loftus and Taylor have provided drawings of the temple of E-gišširgal (see TR. p. 127 and JRAS. XV, p. 260). However, the ruins of the moon-god's temple at Harran have not yet been excavated enough for the temple layout to be clearly established.
Theologically, Nannar stood at the head of the second triad of gods. The hierarchy of the universe consisted of the god Anu, the god Bêl and the god Ea. The hierarchy of heaven consisted of the god Nannar, the god Šamaš and the god Ištar; that is, the moon-god, the sun-god and the star-god. The reason for placing Nannar above Šamaš was that Nannar was the god of the ruling city, while Šamaš was the city god of the dependent state, though the sun which Šamaš represents is stronger than the moon which Nannar represents, and we should expect Šamaš, therefore, to receive the first place. The god of the city of Larsa was Šamaš. The god of the city of Ur was Nannar. When Larsa became subject to Ur, the god of Larsa; viz., Šamaš, became the child of the god of Ur; that is, of Nannar. The relation of the night to the calendar also shows that the rank of Nannar was superior to that of Šamaš. The day began at evening; not with the morning. The sun too was the son of the night; that is, it issued forth from the night, in the morning. Kings, thinking of this fact, that the sun was born of the night, often addressed Šamaš as the offspring of the god Sin. The rising of the moon in the night to send forth its light into the darkness also impressed the Babylonian with the power of the moon. The waxing and waning of the moon left the same impression on the Babylonian mind. The regularity of the phases of the moon and its effect upon the tides as well showed 10 the moon to be an agent in marking time. Finally, the place of the moon among the stars also gave him the appearance of having royal sway.
Theologically, Nannar was at the top of the second group of gods. The structure of the universe included the god Anu, the god Bêl, and the god Ea. The structure of heaven consisted of the god Nannar, the god Šamaš, and the god Ištar; specifically, the moon-god, the sun-god, and the star-god. Nannar was placed above Šamaš because Nannar was the god of the ruling city, while Šamaš was the city god of a dependent state. Even though the sun that Šamaš represents is stronger than the moon that Nannar represents, we might expect Šamaš to hold a higher position. The god of the city of Larsa was Šamaš. The god of the city of Ur was Nannar. When Larsa came under the control of Ur, the god of Larsa, Šamaš, was considered the child of the god of Ur, Nannar. The relationship of night to the calendar also indicated that Nannar had a higher rank than Šamaš. The day began at evening, not in the morning. The sun was also seen as the offspring of night, emerging from it in the morning. Kings, aware of this fact, often referred to Šamaš as the child of the god Sin. The rising of the moon at night to illuminate the darkness impressed the Babylonians with the moon's power. The moon's phases of waxing and waning left a similar impression on the Babylonian mind. The consistent changes of the moon and its influence on the tides also showed it to be a way to mark time. Lastly, the moon’s position among the stars gave it a regal presence.
Nannar’s national influence was much like that of Bêl. Geographically, he represented southern Babylonia, while Bêl was the chief deity of northern Babylonia. When Marduk became the patron god of Babylon, Bêl and Nannar still held their positions as patron gods, but in subordination to Marduk. Besides, they did not lose their influence as supreme deities, each in his peculiar sphere, Bêl as the god of the earth and Nannar as the god of the moon. Bêl was ruler of the earth while Nannar was, by his light, a producer in the earth. Bêl was the providential director of life on earth, Nannar was the originator of life on earth, as he formed the child in the womb. Both were superhuman in power and wisdom. Thus Ḥammurabi: “My words are mighty. If a man pay no attention to my words, may Bêl, the lord who determines destinies, whose command cannot be altered, who has enlarged my dominion, drive him out from his dwelling. May Sin, the lord of heaven, my divine creator, whose scimetar shines among the gods, take away from him the crown and throne of sovereignty.”[23]
Nannar’s national influence was similar to that of Bêl. Geographically, he represented southern Babylonia, while Bêl was the main deity of northern Babylonia. When Marduk became the patron god of Babylon, Bêl and Nannar retained their roles as patron gods, but under Marduk's authority. They didn’t lose their influence as supreme deities, each in their own domain—Bêl as the god of the earth and Nannar as the god of the moon. Bêl ruled the earth while Nannar, by his light, helped produce life on it. Bêl was the guiding force of life on earth, and Nannar was the creator of life, forming the child in the womb. Both were superhuman in power and wisdom. Thus Ḥammurabi: “My words are powerful. If someone ignores my words, may Bêl, the lord who decides destinies, whose command cannot be changed, who has expanded my rule, drive him out of his home. May Sin, the lord of heaven, my divine creator, whose sword shines among the gods, take away his crown and throne of power.”[23]
No god in the mind of the Babylonian had reached the position of combining in himself all the qualities of divinity. So it did not seem inconsistent to the Babylonian to worship two gods like Bêl and Nannar, or more gods. There was a tolerance of all gods; each was considered as acting in his own circle, and these circles did not necessarily exclude the one the other. One god might be more important than another, according to the importance of the circle in which his virtue was effective, or according to the importance of the political power the circle of whose sway was under the special tutelage of some particular god. Babylonian worship cannot be said to be polytheistic in the grosser form, nor had it reached the higher ideal that lies in monotheism. It may properly be considered a henotheistic worship in which there is a pantheon of gods whose local and universal claims did not cause the gods or their devotees to war the one on the other.
No god in the Babylonian mindset combined all the qualities of divinity. So, it wasn’t unusual for Babylonians to worship two gods like Bêl and Nannar, or even more. There was a tolerance for all gods; each was seen as operating within his own sphere, and these spheres didn’t necessarily conflict with each other. One god might be more significant than another based on the importance of the sphere where his influence was felt or the political power of the area under the special guidance of a particular god. Babylonian worship can’t be strictly labeled as polytheistic in a crude sense, nor had it evolved to the higher ideal of monotheism. It’s more accurately described as henotheistic worship, where there’s a pantheon of gods whose local and universal claims didn’t lead their followers to war against each other.
There is a truly great bilingual hymn addressed to Nannar. According to the colophon it was transcribed by the chief penman of Ašurbânipal from an old copy. My impression is that it is an 11 enlargement of the hymn to Nannar of which this Thesis gives a transliteration, translation and commentary. For this reason I herewith append the following translation:
There is a truly excellent bilingual hymn dedicated to Nannar. The colophon states that it was copied by the chief scribe of Ašurbânipal from an older version. I believe it is an extension of the hymn to Nannar that this Thesis provides a transliteration, translation, and commentary for. For this reason, I now include the following translation:
“O lord, highest of the gods, alone in heaven and earth exalted!
“O Lord, highest of the gods, exalted alone in heaven and on earth!
O father Nannar, lord of Anšar, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, Lord of Anšar, highest of the gods!
O father Nannar, lord Anu the great, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, Lord Anu the Great, Highest of the Gods!
O father Nannar, lord Sin, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, Lord Sin, the greatest of the gods!
O father Nannar, lord of Ur, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, Lord of Ur, the greatest of the gods!
O father Nannar, lord of E-gišširgal, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, lord of E-gishirgal, greatest of the gods!
O father Nannar, lord of the shining crown, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, lord of the shining crown, the greatest of the gods!
O father Nannar, of most perfect royalty, highest of the gods!
O father Nannar, of the highest royalty, greatest of the gods!
O father Nannar, in royal robes marching, highest of the gods!
O Father Nannar, dressed in royal robes and marching, you are the greatest of the gods!
O strong young bullock, with great horns, of perfect physical strength, with hazel-colored pointed beard of luxurious growth and perfect fulness!
O strong young bull, with great horns, of perfect physical strength, with a lush hazel-colored beard that's thick and full!
O fruit, whose stalk growing of itself reacheth a tall form, beautiful to look upon, whose perfection never satiateth!
O fruit, whose stem grows on its own and reaches a tall, beautiful shape, whose perfection is never satisfying!
O mother, the producer of life, thou who settest up for the creatures of life a lofty dwelling!
O mother, creator of life, you who provide a grand home for all living beings!
O merciful and gracious father, thou who holdest in hand the life of all the land!
O merciful and gracious Father, You who hold in Your hand the life of all the earth!
O lord, thy divinity, like the distant heavens and the broad sea, inspireth reverence!
O Lord, your divine presence, like the distant sky and the vast ocean, inspires awe!
O creator of the lands, founding the temple and giving it a name!
O creator of the lands, establishing the temple and giving it a name!
O namer of royalty, determiner of the future for distant days!
O name of kings, creator of the future for days to come!
O mighty prince, whose distant thought no god can declare!
O mighty prince, whose far-reaching thoughts no god can understand!
O thou whose knee bendeth not, opener of the road for the gods thy brothers!
O you who do not bend your knee, opener of the path for your brother gods!
O thou who goest forth from the foundation of heaven to the height of heaven, opening the door of heaven, creating light for all men!
O you who come from the foundation of heaven to the heights of heaven, opening the door of heaven, bringing light to everyone!
O father, begetter of all, who lookest upon the creatures of life, who thinkest of them!
O Father, creator of everything, who watches over all living beings and thinks about them!
O lord, who fixest the destiny of heaven and earth, whose command no one changeth!
O Lord, who determines the fate of heaven and earth, whose command no one can change!
O thou who holdest the fire and the water, who turnest the life of creation, what god reacheth thy fulness!
O you who hold the fire and the water, who shapes the life of creation, what god reaches your fullness!
Who in heaven is high? Thou alone art high.
Who in heaven is high? You alone are high.
Who on earth is high? Thou alone art high.
Who on earth is high? You alone are high.
As for thee, when thy word is spoken in heaven, the Igigi bow down the face.
As for you, when your word is spoken in heaven, the Igigi bow down their faces.
As for thee, when thy word is spoken on earth, the Anunaki kiss the ground.
As for you, when your word is spoken on earth, the Anunaki kiss the ground.
As for thee, when thy word like the wind resoundeth on high, food and drink abound.
As for you, when your words resonate like the wind above, food and drink are plentiful.
As for thee, when thy word is established in the land, it causeth vegetation to grow.
As for you, when your word is established in the land, it causes vegetation to grow.
As for thee, thy word maketh fat the herd and flock and increaseth the creatures of life.
As for you, your words nourish the herd and flock and increase the living things.
As for thee, thy word secureth truth and righteousness and causeth men to speak righteousness.
As for you, your word guarantees truth and fairness and encourages people to speak what is right.
As for thee, thy word extendeth to heaven, it covereth the earth, no one can comprehend it.
As for you, your word reaches the heavens, it covers the earth, and no one can fully understand it.
As for thee, thy word, who can understand it, who can approach it!
As for you, your word, who can understand it, who can get close to it!
O lord, in heaven supreme, on earth the leader, among the gods thy brothers without a rival.
O Lord, supreme in heaven, the leader on earth, among the gods your brothers with no rivals.
O king of kings, the lofty one, whose command no one approacheth, whose divinity no god can liken.
O king of kings, the exalted one, whose command no one dares approach, whose divinity no god can compare to.
Where thy eye looketh thou showest favor, where thy hand toucheth thou securest salvation.
Wherever you look, you show favor; wherever you touch, you secure salvation.
O lord, the shining one, who directeth truth and righteousness in heaven and earth and causeth them to go forth.
O Lord, the shining one, who guides truth and justice in heaven and earth and makes them prevail.
Look graciously on thy temple, look graciously on thy city.
Look kindly upon your temple, look kindly upon your city.
Look graciously on Ur, look graciously on E-gišširgal,
Look kindly on Ur, look kindly on E-gišširgal,
Thy beloved consort, the gracious mother, calleth to thee: O lord give rest!
Your beloved partner, the kind mother, calls to you: Oh lord, bring peace!
The hero Šamaš calleth to thee: O lord give rest!
The hero Šamaš calls out to you: Oh lord, grant peace!
The Igigi call to thee: O lord give rest!
The Igigi call out to you: O Lord, grant us rest!
The Anunaki call to thee: O lord give rest!
The Anunaki call to you: Oh lord, grant us peace!
..... calleth to thee: O lord give rest!
..... calls to you: O Lord, grant rest!
Ningal calleth to thee: O lord give rest!
Ningal calls to you: Oh Lord, grant peace!
May the bar of Ur, the enclosure of E-gišširgal and the building of Ezida be established!
May the bar of Ur, the enclosure of E-gišširgal, and the building of Ezida be established!
The gods of heaven and earth call to thee: O lord give rest!
The gods of heaven and earth are calling to you: Oh Lord, grant us rest!
The lifting up of the hand. 48 lines on the tablet to Nannar.
The raising of the hand. 48 lines inscribed on the tablet dedicated to Nannar.
Mighty one. Lord of strength.
Mighty one. Lord of power.
Like its original, copied and revised.
Like its original, copied and revised.
Tablet of Ištar-šuma-ereš, the chief scribe.
Tablet of Ištar-šuma-ereš, the head scribe.
Of Ašurbânipal, king of legions, king of Assyria,
Of Ashurbanipal, king of armies, king of Assyria,
Son of Nabu-zer-lištešir, chief penman.”
"Son of Nabu-zer-lištešir, chief scribe."
IV R. 9.
IV R. 9.
This Ašurbânipal hymn may be considered as remarkable for its advanced ideas. In the first part of the hymn there is introduced the mythological idea of the bullock’s head in the moon with horns and the face with flowing hazel-colored beard, so that strength and brilliancy are pointed out. But the hymn advances into literal speech by which the most varied and greatest of divine attributes are attached to the god Nannar. He is named as sovereign god, a self-created god, a merciful god, the begetter of all life, the maintainer of the life of the world, the bestower of gifts to men, the establisher of dwellings; he fixes destinies, pronounces judgment, 13 gives water to man and supplies him with vegetable food. He holds a unique and exalted position in heaven and on earth above all other beings. To him the angels of heaven and spirits of earth bow, and at his command the forces of nature perform their marvellous functions.
This Ašurbânipal hymn is notable for its sophisticated concepts. In the first part of the hymn, it introduces the mythological idea of a bull’s head in the moon, with horns and a flowing hazel-colored beard, symbolizing strength and brilliance. The hymn then shifts into straightforward language, attributing a wide range of divine qualities to the god Nannar. He is recognized as the sovereign god, a self-created deity, a merciful god, the creator of all life, the sustainer of the world’s existence, the giver of gifts to humanity, and the builder of homes; he determines destinies, delivers judgment, provides water to people, and supplies them with plant-based food. He holds a unique and elevated status in both heaven and earth, above all other beings. The angels of heaven and spirits of earth bow before him, and at his command, the forces of nature carry out their incredible tasks.
3. Adad
The storm-god is known by the Sumerian ideogram Im. The sign IMMU in the El-Amarna tablets (1500 B. C.) has the reading Adad, a name connected with the Syrian Hadad. Oppert thinks Adad is the god’s oldest name. It seems evidently a foreign equivalent for Im. The Assyrian name Ramman is a provisional name meaning “thunderer”, and probably only an epithet. The sign IMMU has also the value Mer. This is, no doubt, the original and real name of the god, which appears as well in the form Immer. The primary idea in the name is that of wind, then, that of rain and finally of thunder and lightning. The god is not an object like Nannar, but a force; then the force is personified and he is spoken of as a person. Ḥammurabi puts him in the second triad of gods. He is the third person of that triad, Sin being the first person and Šamaš the second. Generally Ištar has the third place in the second triad. In that case Ramman falls outside of that triad and takes position among all the gods as seventh in importance. The order is as follows: Anu, Bêl, Ea, Sin, Šamaš, Ištar, Adad (Ramman). As a Babylonian god we find Ramman’s name appears in Ḥammurabi’s time as a common name in literature. He is invoked in Ḥammurabi’s Code, like other gods, of course in his sphere as a storm-god. Thus: “If a man will pay no attention to my words, may Adad, the lord of abundance, the regent of heaven and earth, my helper, deprive him of the rain from heaven and the water-floods from the springs! May he bring his land to destruction through want and hunger! May he break loose furiously over his city and turn his land into a heap left by a whirlwind!”[24] With the kings of the Cassite dynasty Ramman seems to be popular. His name appears by the side of that of Šamaš and he is called the divine lord of justice. In the Babylonian dynasty of kings, Nebuchadnezzar I. addresses Ramman as the great lord of heaven, the lord of the subterranean waters and rain, whose curse is invoked against the one who sets aside the decrees of Nebuchadnezzar or defaces his monument.
The storm god is represented by the Sumerian symbol Im. In the El-Amarna tablets (1500 B.C.), the sign IMMU is read as Adad, a name related to the Syrian Hadad. Oppert believes Adad is the god's oldest name, and it seems to be a foreign equivalent of Im. The Assyrian name Ramman serves as a temporary name meaning "thunderer," which is probably just an epithet. The sign IMMU also has the value Mer, which is surely the original and true name of the god, also appearing as Immer. The central idea in the name revolves around wind, then rain, and finally thunder and lightning. The god isn't like Nannar, but rather a force, which is then personified and referred to as a person. Ḥammurabi places him in the second triad of gods, where he is the third member, with Sin being the first and Šamaš the second. Typically, Ištar occupies the third position in that triad. In that case, Ramman is outside of the triad and ranks seventh in importance among all the gods. The order is as follows: Anu, Bêl, Ea, Sin, Šamaš, Ištar, Adad (Ramman). As a Babylonian god, Ramman's name was common in literature during Ḥammurabi's time. He is called upon in Ḥammurabi's Code, alongside other gods, in his role as the storm god. So, it states: “If a man ignores my words, may Adad, the lord of abundance, the ruler of heaven and earth, my helper, withhold rain from the sky and floodwaters from the springs! May he ruin his land with drought and hunger! May he rage over his city and turn his land into a pile left by a whirlwind!”[24] With the kings of the Cassite dynasty, Ramman seems to have been favored. His name appears alongside Šamaš, and he is referred to as the divine lord of justice. In the Babylonian dynasty of kings, Nebuchadnezzar I addresses Ramman as the great lord of heaven, the master of the underground waters and rain, whose curse is invoked against anyone who ignores Nebuchadnezzar's decrees or defaces his monument.
Ramman is thought to be more truly an Assyrian than a Babylonian god. He is almost as dear to the Assyrian as the god Ašur. Historical data, however, do not furnish very early mention of his name in Assyria. We find that he had a seat of worship in Damascus, and his cult had vogue in the plain of Jezreel, his name appearing in Hebrew, written by mistake, after the text was Masoretically vocalized, “Rimmon” which is exactly the same in form as the Hebrew word for pomegranate. In Assyria we can trace his history back to some extent by means of inscriptions in which his name appears as an element in the compound names of kings. For example, we find his name in the name of the ancient Assyrian king Šamaš-Ramman, and from an inscription of Tiglath-pileser I. we learn also that Šamaš-Ramman built a temple to the god Ramman. So we have historical evidence that the cult of Ramman is older in Assyria than this king, who was reigning in 1820 B. C. How much older it may be we do not know. Jastrow thinks that the cult is indigenous to Assyrian soil.
Ramman is considered to be more genuinely an Assyrian god than a Babylonian one. He is nearly as cherished by the Assyrians as the god Ašur. However, historical records do not provide any early references to his name in Assyria. We know that he had a place of worship in Damascus, and his cult was popular in the plain of Jezreel. His name appears in Hebrew, mistakenly written as “Rimmon” after the text was vocalized Masoretically, which is identical to the Hebrew word for pomegranate. In Assyria, we can trace his history to some extent through inscriptions where his name is part of the compound names of kings. For example, we find his name in the name of the ancient Assyrian king Šamaš-Ramman, and an inscription from Tiglath-pileser I reveals that Šamaš-Ramman built a temple for the god Ramman. This provides historical evidence that the cult of Ramman predates this king, who reigned around 1820 B.C. We don’t know how much older it might be. Jastrow believes that the cult originated in Assyria.
Between the time of Šamaš-Ramman and the time of Tiglath-pileser I. the service of Ramman must have declined somewhat, for the temple of Ramman in the city of Aššur seems not to have been repaired from the days of Šamaš-Ramman till Tiglath-pileser himself rebuilt it. Tiglath-pileser says that from the time of the founding it was in decay six hundred and forty years. Then king Ašurdan tore it down entirely. Sixty years after the entire destruction, Tiglath-pileser builds the temple anew. He says that in the beginning of his government the great gods Anu and Adad demanded for him the restoration of their sacred dwelling. “I made bricks and cleared its ground until I reached the artificial flat terrace upon which the old temple had been built. I laid its foundation upon the solid rock and the whole place incased with bricks like a fire-place, overlaid on it a layer of fifty bricks in depth and built upon this the foundations of the temple of Anu and Adad of large square stones. I built it up from foundation to roof, larger and grander than before, and erected also two great temple towers ... fitting ornaments of their great divinities.”[25] From Tiglath-pileser on, temples of Ramman do not seem to be often mentioned, but the god himself is frequently spoken of in inscriptions of the kings. Sargon II. has one of the eastern gates 15 of his temple named “Ramman the producer of abundance”. Ašurbânipal enumerates thirteen gods whom he honors as the great gods, and places Ramman fifth in the list.
Between the time of Šamaš-Ramman and Tiglath-pileser I, the worship of Ramman seems to have declined a bit, as the temple of Ramman in the city of Aššur appears to have remained unrepaired from the days of Šamaš-Ramman until Tiglath-pileser rebuilt it. Tiglath-pileser claims that the temple had been in decay for six hundred and forty years since its founding. Later, King Ašurdan completely demolished it. Sixty years after its total destruction, Tiglath-pileser reconstructed the temple. He states that at the start of his reign, the great gods Anu and Adad called for him to restore their sacred abode. "I made bricks and cleared the ground until I reached the flat terrace where the old temple used to stand. I established its foundation on solid rock and encased the entire structure with bricks like a fireplace, covering it with a layer of fifty bricks thick and building on that the foundations of the temple of Anu and Adad using large square stones. I constructed it from the ground up, larger and more magnificent than before, and also erected two great temple towers… fitting ornaments for their mighty divinities." [25] After Tiglath-pileser, there don't seem to be many mentions of temples for Ramman, but the god himself is frequently referenced in the inscriptions of the kings. Sargon II named one of the eastern gates of his temple “Ramman the producer of abundance.” Ašurbânipal lists thirteen gods he honors as the great gods, placing Ramman fifth on that list.
Ramman’s most esteemed service was that of bestowing blessing. The rains in the right proportion were a boon to the land, filling the canals and watering the soil. Ḥammurabi calls Ramman the lord of abundance and his helper. Tiglath-pileser I. prays for the blessings of prosperity, as he prays to Adad: “May Anu and Adad turn to me truly and accept graciously the lifting up of my hand, hearken unto my devout prayers, grant me and my reign abundance of rain, years of prosperity and fruitfulness in plenty.”[26] Ašurbânipal describes the blessings he receives by the favor of this god: “Ramman let loose his showers and Ea has opened his springs, the grain has grown to a height of five yards and the ears have been five sixths of a yard long, the produce of the land has been abundant and the fruit trees have borne fruit richly.”[27] The mention of Anu and Ea with Ramman is because of their power to produce water, Ea representing the depths of water and Anu the heaven with its clouds of rain.
Ramman's most valued role was granting blessings. The rains at the right levels were a gift for the land, filling the canals and nourishing the soil. Hammurabi calls Ramman the lord of abundance and his supporter. Tiglath-Pileser I prays for blessings of prosperity, as he does to Adad: “May Anu and Adad genuinely turn to me and accept graciously the raise of my hand, listen to my sincere prayers, grant me and my rule lots of rain, years of prosperity, and abundant harvests.”[26] Ashurbanipal describes the blessings he receives from this god: “Ramman unleashed his showers, and Ea opened his springs; the grain grew to five yards tall, and the ears were five-sixths of a yard long. The land produced abundantly, and the fruit trees yielded plentifully.”[27] The reference to Anu and Ea alongside Ramman is due to their ability to create water, with Ea symbolizing the depths of water and Anu representing the sky with its rain clouds.
The most conspicuous work of Ramman was that of destruction. It is in this function of judgment that he is associated with Šamaš. The connection lies in the fact that the lightning of Ramman is like the day-light of Šamaš; so, as the god of lightning, Ramman has the title birḳu. Lightning and flooding rain were, because of their destructive character, fearful forces, and the kings in calling for a curse on hostile man or land turn to Ramman in imprecation, as, for example, Raman-Nirari I. does concerning the man who may be tempted to blot out the record of Ramman-Nirari’s name: “May Ramman with terrible rainstorm overwhelm him, may flood, destruction, wind, rebellion, revolution, tempest, want and famine, drought and hunger be continually in his land. May he come down on his land like a flood. May he turn it into mounds and ruins. May Ramman strike his land with a destructive bolt.”[28]
The most obvious role of Ramman was that of destruction. In this role of judgment, he is linked with Šamaš. The connection is based on the fact that Ramman's lightning is like Šamaš's daylight; thus, as the god of lightning, Ramman holds the title birḳu. Lightning and heavy rain were, due to their destructive nature, terrifying forces, and when kings wanted to curse an enemy or their land, they turned to Ramman in their invocations, as seen with Ramman-Nirari I. regarding anyone who might try to erase the record of Ramman-Nirari's name: “May Ramman overwhelm him with a terrible storm, may flood, destruction, wind, rebellion, revolution, tempest, want and famine, drought and hunger be ever present in his land. May he descend upon his land like a flood. May he turn it into mounds and ruins. May Ramman strike his land with a devastating bolt.”[28]
Some Babylonian composer has set forth the terrifying side of Ramman’s character in a bilingual hymn as follows:
Some Babylonian composer has highlighted the frightening aspect of Ramman's character in a bilingual hymn as follows:
“The lord in his anger himself makes heaven quake.
“The lord in his anger makes heaven tremble.”
Adad in his wrath lifts up the earth.
Adad, in his anger, raises the earth.
The mighty mountain he himself smites down.
The powerful mountain he himself brings down.
At his anger, at his wrath,
At his anger, at his fury,
At his roaring, at his thundering,
At his roar, at his thunder,
The gods of heaven ascend to heaven,
The gods of heaven rise to the sky,
The gods of earth enter earth,
The gods of earth enter the earth,
Šamaš into the foundation of heaven enters,
Šamaš enters the foundation of heaven,
4. Tammuz
There is a fascination about the life of Tammuz not experienced in the contemplation of the other gods of Babylonia. He seems to be presented to us just as though he were a man.
There is a fascination with the life of Tammuz that isn't found when thinking about the other gods of Babylonia. He appears to be portrayed to us as if he were a real person.
Our first paragraph may describe him as a resident of one of the ancient cities of southern Babylonia. The city of his residence was Eridu on the banks of the Euphrates. His official title is that of sun-god and his occupation is to care for the growth of plants. The name of his father was Ea, the lord of the city of Eridu, whose duties consisted in governing the waters of the river on whose shore the city rested. Tammuz had a mother, whose name was Davkina, the mistress of the vine. Tammuz also had a sister Belili whose calling was, like that of Tammuz her brother, the care of plant growth. Tammuz also had a bride, the famous and treacherous Ištar, the goddess of love, represented by the evening star; she was mistress of the neighbouring city of Erech, a little to the north-west, and on the other side of the Euphrates. The life of Tammuz at Eridu was romantic and his days ended in tragedy. There is a little poem, giving a picture of his home. There was a garden, a holy place, abundantly shaded with profuse leafage of trees whose roots went down deep into the waters over which Ea presided. His couch was hung under the rich foliage of the vine which his mother tended. There Tammuz dwelt and 17 there was his shrine. His dwelling of foliage in his youthful days was symbolic of the domain in which the virtue of his power was to be exercised. His real home was in heaven, for from heaven the virtue of plant-growth proceeds with the heat of the sun. But his connection with heaven had been forgotten, except in reminiscence found in legend. In the legend of Adapa, for instance, we find a hint of it. Tammuz and his companion Gišzida are seen mounting up to heaven where they receive stations as door-keepers in the gate of Anu’s house; in heaven they properly belong.
Our first paragraph may describe him as a resident of one of the ancient cities in southern Babylonia. He lived in Eridu, situated on the banks of the Euphrates River. His official title is sun-god, and his job is to nurture the growth of plants. His father was Ea, the lord of Eridu, responsible for overseeing the waters of the river that the city was built on. Tammuz had a mother named Davkina, who was the mistress of the vine. He also had a sister named Belili, whose role was similar to Tammuz’s in caring for plant growth. Tammuz was engaged to the well-known and deceitful Ištar, the goddess of love, represented by the evening star; she ruled over the neighboring city of Erech, which is slightly to the northwest and across the Euphrates. Tammuz’s life in Eridu was romantic, but it ended in tragedy. There’s a short poem that paints a picture of his home. It describes a garden, a sacred space, filled with lush trees whose roots reached deep into the waters overseen by Ea. His bed was set beneath the rich vines that his mother tended. That was where Tammuz lived, and there was his shrine. His leafy home in his youth symbolized the realm where his power was to be exercised. His true home was in the sky, as the energy for plant growth comes from the warmth of the sun above. However, his connection to the heavens had been forgotten, except for memories found in legends. In the legend of Adapa, for example, there’s a hint of it. Tammuz and his friend Gišzida are seen ascending to heaven, where they are given roles as gatekeepers at Anu’s house; in heaven, they truly belong.
The descent of Tammuz to the lower world implies that he died, but the accounts have not made a direct statement of how he died, or what was the cause of his death. Perhaps we may conceive of the event of his death as having taken place at Eridu before the service of lamentation had developed into a cult honored at the court of Sargon of Akkad, where a temple was built for Tammuz after northern Babylonia had gained the ascendency over southern Babylonia. The literal cause of his death was that he was not capable of making plant-growth a continuous process. The power of the heat of the sun as the summer advanced was superior to the virtue which Tammuz possessed over plant-life. The fierce heat of the summer caused vegetation to take a paler hue; then the germs of decay entered; slowly and surely the face of the land was assuming the same state that existed before the power of Tammuz appeared to quicken the blade of grass and the fruit-bud of the early spring. So Tammuz was banished to the lower world. Romantically his entrance to the abode of the dead was due to the hand which Ištar had in the events of his life. She had many lovers, and she betrayed them all. Her betrayal in the case of Tammuz consisted in not aiding him in her sphere as great mother in the production of life on earth. Had she supplemented his effort and made the earth continue to bear and bring forth, counteracting the effect of the deadly heat of the summer solstice and the destructive wind of the south, the gardens and the fruit orchards over whose productiveness Tammuz presided would have enjoyed perennial fruitage, and Gilgameš would never have had to take up the sad accusation against Ištar:
The story of Tammuz's descent into the underworld suggests that he died, but the accounts don't directly say how he died or what caused his death. We might imagine that his death happened in Eridu before the mourning rituals became a cult celebrated at the court of Sargon of Akkad, where a temple for Tammuz was built after northern Babylonia came to dominate southern Babylonia. The actual reason for his death was that he couldn't keep plant growth going steadily. The heat of the sun became too strong as summer progressed, overpowering Tammuz's influence on plant life. The intense summer heat made plants lose their vibrant color; then decay began to set in; gradually, the land started to look like it did before Tammuz had the power to revive the grass and the budding fruit of early spring. So, Tammuz was sent to the underworld. Poetically, his entry into the realm of the dead was linked to Ištar’s role in his life. She had many lovers and betrayed them all. Her betrayal of Tammuz was her failure to support him as a great mother in nurturing life on earth. If she had aided his efforts and helped the earth continue to produce, countering the deadly summer heat and the destructive southern winds, the gardens and orchards under Tammuz’s care would have thrived continuously, and Gilgameš would never have had to accuse Ištar.
“Tammuz, the spouse of thy youth,
“Tammuz, the partner of your youth,
Also there had never gone up the song of lamentation:
Also, there had never been a song of mourning.
“He went down to meet the nether world,
“He went down to meet the underworld,
He has sated himself. Šamaš caused him to perish
He has satisfied himself. Šamaš made him die.
To the land of the dead.
To the land of the dead.
With mourning was he filled on the day
With grief he was filled on that day
According to another story of the fate of Tammuz, Ištar was the victim of sudden and violent passion, and in a fit of anger for disregard of her command she had smitten him down, just as she crushed the allallu-bird she loved:
According to another story about Tammuz's fate, Ištar was overcome by sudden and intense passion, and in a moment of anger for not obeying her command, she struck him down, just like she crushed the allallu bird she adored:
“Thou didst crush him and break his pinions.
“ You crushed him and broke his wings.
In the woods he stands and laments,
In the woods, he stands and expresses his sorrow,
‘O my pinions’.”[32]
‘Oh my wings’.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Also as she cast out of her sight the lion:
Also, as she looked away from the lion:
“Thou didst love a lion of perfect strength,
“ You loved a lion of perfect strength,
The origin of the service of weeping for Tammuz is an interesting legend. When Ištar had slain her lover, she hastened, like the going down of the evening star, to the lower world in search of waters to restore him to life. She searches long, passing through all the compartments of Hades. The story does not give details of her finding Tammuz, but instead, a scene of his burial is introduced:
The origin of the practice of mourning for Tammuz is an intriguing legend. When Ištar killed her lover, she hurried, like the setting evening star, to the underworld in search of waters to bring him back to life. She searched for a long time, traveling through all the parts of Hades. The story doesn’t provide details about her finding Tammuz, but instead, it presents a scene of his burial:
“To Tammuz, her youthful consort
“To Tammuz, her young partner"
A scene of the mourning for Tammuz is also introduced, which may be taken as the original lamentation, all other summer solstice weepings being anniversaries of this original one. His sister is there lamenting:
A scene of mourning for Tammuz is also presented, which can be seen as the original lament, with all other summer solstice weepings being anniversaries of this original one. His sister is there grieving:
And a great company of mourners sing dirges by the accompaniment of the flute and follow the instruction which Tammuz, though dead, seems to be giving then and there:
And a large group of mourners sing sad songs accompanied by the flute and follow the guidance that Tammuz, even in death, seems to be providing right then and there:
“On the day of Tammuz play for me,
“On the day of Tammuz play for me,
On the flute of uknu and samtu!
On the flute of uknu and samtu!
With it play for me! With it play for me!
With it, play for me! With it, play for me!
O male and female mourners!
Oh, male and female mourners!
Of course the story is not finished and the circle of events not completed without the resurrection of Tammuz. In a Chaldaean intaglio there is a picture of Tammuz rejuvenated on the knees of Ištar (see Clercq Vol. I, Plate IX, No. 83). Some forms of the story must include his return to the earth, and the complete service of lamentation must have been sometimes supplemented by a service of joy in which the idea of resurrection was significant.
Of course, the story isn’t finished and the cycle of events isn’t complete without the resurrection of Tammuz. In a Chaldaean intaglio, there’s an image of Tammuz rejuvenated on Ištar’s knees (see Clercq Vol. I, Plate IX, No. 83). Some versions of the story must include his return to the earth, and the full period of mourning must have occasionally been accompanied by a celebration in which the idea of resurrection was important.
Though the original lamentation was an expression of grief for Tammuz dead, the fully developed ceremony was an expression of several pathetic ideas. It was accompanied with sacrifice and offerings of wine. In Babylonia the commemoration was observed every year on the second day of the fourth month, called the month of Tammuz. It was not only a weeping for dead Tammuz, but a weeping for dead vegetation. The dying leaf had a mourner. The withered stock had a sympathizing friend. For the blasted blade of grass there was shed a tear. For the barren tree bereft of golden foliage and luscious fruit there went up a cry of sympathy. The ceremony was an expression of sadness that came over the people as the oppression of the heat of summer bore down upon them, the water supply being reduced, vegetable life put out and human life consequently made almost unendurable by the deprivation and heat of summer. The time of weeping was one for the expression of personal sorrow that lurks in almost every heart. The wail of anguish was a relief to souls burdened with their own peculiar griefs. The soul found relief in lifting up the voice attuned to some form of elegy. There came a relief like the rolling of the burden of guilt from the breast. The ceremony was one that embraced in its performance the expression of confession. It was, however, performed with the consciousness that the drought of summer was but for a season, and that there was to follow a period of happier existence, as the succeeding winter should merge into a new spring.
Though the original mourning was an expression of sadness for Tammuz's death, the fully developed ceremony reflected several poignant ideas. It included sacrifices and offerings of wine. In Babylonia, the commemoration was held every year on the second day of the fourth month, known as the month of Tammuz. It wasn't just about mourning for the dead Tammuz, but also for the dead vegetation. The dying leaf had a mourner. The withered stalk had a sympathetic friend. A tear was shed for the withered blade of grass. A cry of sympathy arose for the barren tree, stripped of its golden leaves and delicious fruit. The ceremony expressed the sadness that overcame the people as the oppressive summer heat weighed down on them, reducing the water supply and extinguishing plant life, making human existence nearly unbearable due to the deprivation and heat. The time for mourning was also an opportunity to express personal sorrow that lies in almost every heart. The wail of anguish provided relief to souls burdened with their own unique griefs. The soul found solace in raising its voice to some form of elegy. It felt like lifting the burden of guilt off the chest. The ceremony also included moments of confession. However, it was performed with the awareness that the summer drought was only temporary, and that a period of happier times would follow, as the coming winter would give way to a new spring.
Tammuz was supposed to leave the land with the season when the spring growth was completed, to come back again in the following year. He is considered as dead, but his death is not an absolute one. He tells the mourners what to do as they gather about his bier. According to some allusions he seems also to be a lord, as it were, in the bowels of the earth, preparing the inner earth for putting forth a new stock of vegetation, as spring shall come. Hence, the hymn to Tammuz in this Thesis calls him 20 “the generator of the lower world”. His association with his friend Gišzida substantiates more fully the idea of his resurrection. To give vitality to his work he still maintains his old personality of sun-god, and to him again is given a seat in heaven, as the Adapa legend shows:
Tammuz was meant to leave the land when spring growth was finished and return the next year. He is seen as dead, but his death isn’t final. He guides the mourners on what to do as they gather around his bier. Some references suggest he is also like a lord in the depths of the earth, preparing the inner earth to produce new vegetation when spring arrives. Thus, the hymn to Tammuz in this Thesis refers to him as “the generator of the lower world.” His connection with his friend Gišzida further supports the idea of his resurrection. To energize his work, he still keeps his identity as the sun-god, and once again is given a place in heaven, as shown in the Adapa legend:
“On mounting up to heaven,
"Ascending to heaven,"
At the gate of Anu
At Anu's gate
Tammuz and Gišzida were stationed.”[37]
Tammuz and Gišzida were on duty.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The story of Tammuz seems to have taken deep and almost universal hold of the imagination and sympathy of mankind. The weeping for Tammuz is said to have been maintained by the Babylonians till a very late period. Similar stories to that of the Tammuz legend existed in about the same period of history among the Phoenicians, the Hebrews, the Greeks and the Egyptians, the most of these accounts having a common origin; if they have more than one origin, they seem nevertheless to blend in the main into one story. It is said that in the Phoenician town of Gebal by the Mediterranean on the road leading from the people of the east to those of the west, there is a yearly lamentation over the death of their sun-god, the beloved Aštoreth, who had been slain by a cruel hand, just as the spring verdure was cut down by the hot blasts of summer. The women, tearing their hair, disfiguring their faces and cutting their breasts, sent up a cry to heaven: “O my brother!” Across the sea by the way of Cyprus, the cry is said to have been carried to Greece where it found embodiment in the story of Adonis and Aphrodite. Possibly, however, the Greek story may be indigenous. Adonis lost his life while hunting, thrust through the thigh with the tusk of a wild boar. After death he was in great favour with Persephone who finally yielded to the entreaties of the inconsolable Aphrodite, and Adonis spent one half of the year with his celestial mistress and the other half with his infernal one. How much place the annual weeping for a departed one had among the Hebrews may be inferred to some extent by the mention made in the Scriptures of the service. Zechariah speaks of the well-known mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon, and Amos refers to the custom of mourning for an only son. Ezekiel says that the Lord brought him to Jehovah’s house “and behold, there sat the women weeping for Tammuz”. Jeremiah goes a step further and gives us the refrain which was used in the weeping: “Ah me! Ah my brother!” The parallel story in Egypt had for its hero the god Osiris who, representing goodness, upon being slain by a foe, became judge of the dead, though his soul continued in existence among men.
The story of Tammuz seems to have captured the imagination and sympathy of people everywhere. The Babylonians reportedly continued to mourn for Tammuz for a very long time. Similar tales to the Tammuz legend appeared around the same time in the histories of the Phoenicians, Hebrews, Greeks, and Egyptians, most of these stories sharing a common origin; even if they originated from different sources, they mainly combine into one narrative. It’s said that in the Phoenician town of Gebal, along the Mediterranean route from the east to the west, there’s an annual mourning for their sun-god, the beloved Aštoreth, who was killed by a cruel hand, just as spring's greenery is cut down by the hot winds of summer. The women, pulling their hair, marring their faces, and cutting their breasts, cried out to heaven: “O my brother!” This cry, carried across the sea via Cyprus, is said to have reached Greece, where it took form in the story of Adonis and Aphrodite. However, the Greek story may have its own roots. Adonis lost his life while hunting, pierced in the thigh by a wild boar's tusk. After his death, he gained favor with Persephone, who eventually relented to the pleas of the grieving Aphrodite, allowing Adonis to spend half the year with his heavenly mistress and the other half with his infernal one. The practice of annual mourning for a loved one among the Hebrews can be partially inferred from mentions in the Scriptures. Zechariah refers to the famous mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon, and Amos speaks of the custom of mourning for an only son. Ezekiel notes that the Lord brought him to Jehovah’s house “and behold, there sat the women weeping for Tammuz.” Jeremiah goes further, providing the refrain used in the lament: “Ah me! Ah my brother!” The parallel story in Egypt featured the god Osiris, who, representing goodness, was slain by an enemy and became the judge of the dead, though his spirit remained alive among men.
Transliteration, Translation and Commentary
Chapter I
Tablet 13963, Plate 10, Hymn to Bel
Obverse
1. ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka na-àm- ......... še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-[te-na]
1. ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka na-àm- ......... še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-[te-naI'm sorry, it seems like you've provided a text prompt but no specific text to modernize. Please provide the short phrases you'd like me to work on.
O lord of wisdom, ................ supreme by thyself!
O Lord of wisdom, ................ supreme on your own!
2. dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka .... še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-te-na
2. dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka .... še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-te-na
O Bêl, lord of wisdom, ............. supreme by thyself!
O Bel, lord of wisdom, ............. supreme all on your own!
3. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un-e kur-kur-ra
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un-e kur-kur-ra
O father Bêl, lord of the lands!
O Father Bel, lord of the lands!
4. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un dug(KA)-ga zi(d)-da
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un dug(KA)-ga zi(d)-da
O father Bêl, lord of righteous command!
O Father Bêl, master of rightful authority!
5. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil siba sag gig(MI)-ga
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil bestow great(MI)-ga
O father Bêl, shepherd of the black-headed!
O Father Bêl, shepherd of the black-headed!
6. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil i-de(NE) gaba nì(IM)-te-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil i-de(NE) gaba nì(IM)-te-na
O father Bêl, the only all-seeing one!
O Father Bêl, the one who sees everything!
7. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ama erim(ṢAB)-na di-di
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ama erim(ṢAB)-na di-di
O father Bêl, the lord that executest judgment on thy enemies!
O Father Bêl, the lord who brings justice upon your enemies!
8. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-nê(r)-la ma-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-nê(r)-la ma-ma
O father Bêl, the power of the lands!
O Father Bêl, the strength of the lands!
9. ama nà-a gù ne-sig(PA) gan-nu ki
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I'm good, how about you?
The bull of the pasture, the bull that encompassest the productive land!
The bull of the field, the bull that surrounds the fertile land!
10. dimmer Mu-ul-lil nin ḳar-ra ki damal-ra
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mu-ul-lil nin ḳar-ra ki damal-ra
O Bêl, the bountiful lord of the broad land!
O Bel, the generous lord of the vast land!
11. ù-mu-un mu-ud-na dú(KAK) sag-ma-al ki
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un mu-ud-na dú(KAK) sag-ma-al ki
The lord of creation, the creator, the true head of the land!
The lord of creation, the creator, the true leader of the land!
12. ù-mu-un zal(NI)-laḥ(UD)-na ga nunuz-ám(A.AN) da-ma-al-la
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un zal(NI)-laḥ(UD)-na ga nunuz-ám(A.AN) da-ma-al-la
The lord whose shining oil is milk for an extensive progeny!
The lord whose bright oil is milk for a large family!
13. ùm-mu-un silim(DI)-ma-a-ni eri ir-ir
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ùm-mu-un silim(DI)-ma-a-ni eri ir-ir
The lord whose decrees bind together the city,
The lord whose orders unite the city,
14. dù nà-a-ni à(ID) àm-e gal-la
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dù nà-a-ni à(ID) àm-e gal-la
Whose powerful dwelling-place (is the seat of) a great command,
Whose strong home is the center of great authority,
15. kur dimmer Babbar (UD)-ê(UD.DU)-ta kur dimmer Babbar(UD)-šu-šù(KU)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dark large white (UD)-to(UD.DU)-from large dark white(UD)-you-are(KU)
From the land of the rising sun to the land of the setting sun!
From the land of the rising sun to the land of the setting sun!
16. kur-ra ù-mu-un nu-um-ti za-e ù-mu-un ab-da-me-en
16. the gods have given me strength and have blessed me with prosperity
O mountain, the lord of life, thou the lord indeed art!
O mountain, you are the true lord of life!
Reverse
17. dimmer Mu-ul-lil kur-kur-ra ga-šá-an nu-um-ti nin-zu ga-šá-an ab-da(-me-en)
17. dimmer Mu-ul-lil kur-kur-ra ga-šá-an nu-um-ti nin-zu ga-šá-an ab-daI'm sorry, but there doesn't appear to be any text provided for me to modernize. Please provide a short phrase, and I'll be happy to assist you!-me-en)
O Bêl of the lands, lord of life, lord of wisdom, lord indeed thou art!
O Bel of the lands, lord of life, lord of wisdom, you truly are!
18. e-lum nì(IM) an-na a-kad za-da šá mu-e-da-mal(IG)
18. e-lum nì(IM) an-na a-kad za-da šá mu-e-da-mal(IG)
O mighty one, dread of heaven, royal one indeed thou art!
O mighty one, fear of the heavens, you are truly a royal figure!
19. dimmer Mu-ul-lil u en(?) dimmer-ri-ne za-da šá mu-e-da-mal(IG)
19. dimmer Mu-ul-lil u en(?) dimmer-ri-ne za-da šá mu-e-da-mal(IG)
O Bêl, very lord of gods thou indeed art!
O Bel, you truly are the great lord of gods!
20. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil mu-lu gu má(SAR)-má(SAR)-me-en mu-lu še má(SAR)-má(SAR)-me-en
20. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil mu-lu gu má(SAR)-má(SAR)-me-en mu-lu še má(SAR)-má(SAR)-me-en
O father Bêl, who causest vegetation to sprout, who causest grain to grow
O Father Bêl, who makes plants grow, who makes grain thrive
21. dimmer Mu-ul-lil me-lam(NE)-zu gúr(KIL)-ra ḥa mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne
21. dimmer Mu-ul-lil me-lam(NE)-zu gúr(KIL)-ra ḥa mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne
O Bêl, before thy great glory may they be (in fear?)!
O Bel, may they be in awe before your great glory!
22. ḥu-e an-na ḥa-e ṭú(r)-ra šà(LIB)-nì(IM) ma-ni-ib-si
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ when you find time
The birds of heaven and the fish of the sea are filled with fear of thee!
The birds in the sky and the fish in the sea are filled with fear of you!
23. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li da-da maḥ mu-e-gin(DU) sag-e-zi si-ba-e e-nab
23. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li da-da maḥ mu-e-gin(DU) sag-e-zi si-ba-e e-nab
O father Bêl, in great strength thou goest, the head of life, the shepherd of the stars!
O Father Bêl, you move with great strength, the source of life, the guide of the stars!
24. ù-mu-un ka na-àm-gá(MAL) iz-ba eri ga mu-e-gin(DU) gín(GI) si ti-šù(KU) me-a
24. ù-mu-un ka na-àm-gá(MAL) iz-ba eri ga mu-e-gin(DU) gín(GI) si ti-šù(KU) me-a
O lord, the mouth of production thou openest, as a prolific city thou goest, the reed for the fulness of life thou art.
O Lord, you open the gates of creation; you thrive like a bustling city, and you are the source of life's abundance.
25. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag zi sag nê(r)-la šú ti ba-ni-ib-ag
25. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag zi sag nê(r)-la šú ti ba-ni-ib-ag
O father Bêl, the head of life, the head of strength, the power of life thou makest thyself!
O Father Bêl, the source of life, the source of strength, you embody the power of life!
26. šú-gil niš-ia mu-bi im
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ šú-gil niš-ia mu-bi im
Altogether there are twenty-five lines in the tablet.
Altogether, there are twenty-five lines on the tablet.
27. êr(A.ŠI) lim-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ êrs (A.ŠI) lim-ma
Hymn of praise.
Praise song.
This composition is a hymn of praise to Bêl, who is directly addressed. His name, Mu-ul-lil, appears in 14 of the 25 lines of the hymn, in which he is called distinctively “father”, the title occurring 8 times.
This piece is a song of praise to Bêl, who is directly addressed. His name, Mu-ul-lil, shows up in 14 of the 25 lines of the song, where he is specifically referred to as "father," a title that appears 8 times.
The god is addressed in the second person, as is seen in line 16, where za-e, the personal pronoun of the second person, is applied to him, and also in the pronominal phase of the second person, za-da, found in lines 18 and 19, not to mention other less striking symbols of the second person singular.
The hymn consists of many laudatory epithets descriptive of Bêl’s divine nature and work. His fatherhood and lordship are dwelt upon. He is a righteous and all-wise father. His lordship extends not only over the land, but up into the air as well. He provides subsistence for the creatures of earth, being also the organizer of city and state. He superintends also the operations of nature in the atmosphere being the dread of heaven, the lord of gods, the occasion of fear among the birds and fishes, the shepherd of the storms (or stars).
The hymn includes many praise-filled descriptions of Bêl's divine nature and role. It emphasizes his fatherhood and lordship. He is portrayed as a just and all-knowing father. His dominion stretches not just over the land but also into the skies. He provides for all living creatures, acting as the organizer of cities and nations. He also oversees natural events in the atmosphere, being the terror of the heavens, the master of the gods, the source of fear for birds and fish, and the guide of storms (or stars).
The time of the origin of this hymn is a matter of conjecture. The form of the signs offers some evidence. What the early kings say of Bêl also throws some light on the subject. The signs are, of course, later than the picture-writing of the hieroglyph, and also later than the linear script suited to stone. These signs are made in clay, hence the wedge appears. The design of the signs used here has met with some transformation since the hieroglyph was used, but it has not yet reached the chaste and symmetrical form given by the hand of the Assyrian. In short the signs of this hymn are old Babylonian, almost identical with those used in the inscriptions of Eannatum, Entemena, Gudea and Ḥammurabi. There are, however, some later and even New-Babylonian signs among them, pointing perhaps to transcription subsequent to the original composition.
The exact time when this hymn originated is uncertain. The shape of the signs provides some clues. What the early kings say about Bêl also sheds light on the topic. These signs are, of course, newer than the picture-writing of hieroglyphs and also more recent than the linear script used for stone. Since these signs are made in clay, they have a wedge shape. The design of the signs used here has changed somewhat since the era of hieroglyphs, but it hasn't yet evolved into the refined and symmetrical style created by the Assyrians. In short, the signs in this hymn are old Babylonian, nearly identical to those found in the inscriptions of Eannatum, Entemena, Gudea, and Ḥammurabi. However, there are some later and even New-Babylonian signs among them, which may suggest transcription after the original composition.
There is no mention of any city in the hymn, as there is in the hymn to Sin, but this hymn probably had its origin in Nippur which was the great religious centre of Babylonia in the pre-dynastic period, when kings ascribed their successes to Bêl and brought their booty to Nippur, calling Bêl “the lord of the lands.”
There is no mention of any city in the hymn, as there is in the hymn to Sin, but this hymn likely originated in Nippur, which was the major religious center of Babylonia in the pre-dynastic period, when kings credited their successes to Bêl and brought their spoils to Nippur, calling Bêl “the lord of the lands.”
Obverse
1. ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka na-àm ..... še-ir-ma-al nì-[te-na]
1. ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka na-àm ..... še-ir-ma-al nì-[te-naI'm sorry, but there doesn't appear to be any text provided for me to modernize. Please provide a short piece of text for assistance.
O lord of wisdom, ........... supreme by thyself!
O lord of wisdom, ........... supreme by yourself!
ù-mu-un means “being lord”, ù equalling “lord” and mu-un equalling “being”. ù-mu-un is a phonetic representation of umun = bêlu, (Br. 9475). umun is sometimes ideographically represented by the sign GIGURÛ, the corner wedge (Br. 8659), which signifies “depress”, “overpower”, “be powerful”, “rule”. umun may be shortened either to u, mun or un, giving to GIGURÛ three values for “lord”, u, un and umun. umun, which is ES, has an EK value, ugun. In line 17, we shall meet with another word for “lord”; viz., ga-šá-an.
ù-mu-un means "being lord," where ù translates to "lord" and mu-un translates to "being." ù-mu-un is a phonetic version of umun = bêlu, (Br. 9475). The term umun is sometimes represented ideographically by the sign GIGURÛ, the corner wedge (Br. 8659), which signifies "depress," "overpower," "be powerful," or "rule." umun can be shortened to u, mun, or un, giving GIGURÛ three meanings for "lord": u, un, and umun. umun, which is ES, has an EK value, ugun. In line 17, we will encounter another word for "lord"; namely, ga-šá-an.
ù: the sign IGI-DIBBU alone means “lord”. It has a well-known Assyrian equivalent, labâru, “be old”, (Br. 9464). Brummer explains the sign correctly as follows: IGI-DIBBU is a compound sign and equals ŠI, “eye”, plus LU, “take away”, hence the meaning “take away the eye”, “become old”, “elderly”, “lord”, (SVA. 2-7).
ù: the sign IGI-DIBBU by itself means “lord.” It has a well-known Assyrian equivalent, labâru, which means “be old” (Br. 9464). Brummer explains the sign accurately as follows: IGI-DIBBU is a compound sign that combines ŠI, “eye,” with LU, “take away,” thus the meaning is “take away the eye,” “become old,” “elderly,” “lord” (SVA. 2-7).
mu-un contracted to mun is cognate with me-en which equals bašû, “to be”, as in za-e-me-en (Br. 10404). We shall meet the form mu-un as a verbal prefix.
mu-un, which shortens to mun, is related to me-en, meaning bašû, “to be,” as in za-e-me-en (Br. 10404). We will encounter the form mu-un as a verb prefix.
mu here is simply a dialectic form of me (MSL., p. 240). mu as a Sumerian value is attested by the sign-name MU. We shall meet with MU in the name Mu-ul-lil, also as a suffix and in other ways. The MU of our text is old Babylonian. It is the MU of Ur-Gur and Gudea (see brick of Ur-Gur, No. 90009, CT. XXI, and Gudea’s Cylinder A, Col. XVIII, line 27, in Déc. 36).
mu here is just a dialectical form of me (MSL., p. 240). mu as a Sumerian value is recognized by the sign-name MU. We will encounter MU in the name Mu-ul-lil, as well as a suffix and in other contexts. The MU in our text is from Old Babylonian. It is the MU of Ur-Gur and Gudea (see brick of Ur-Gur, No. 90009, CT. XXI, and Gudea’s Cylinder A, Col. XVIII, line 27, in Déc. 36).
un is plainly cognate with en which is so commonly represented by the sign ÊNU. The sign UN we shall meet again with the value kalama. The UN of our text is a very ancient sign (see Cone of Eannatum, Col. I, CT. XXI, Tablet 30062).
un is clearly related to en, which is often shown by the sign ÊNU. We'll encounter the sign UN again with the value kalama. The UN in our text is a very old sign (see Cone of Eannatum, Col. I, CT. XXI, Tablet 30062).
na-àm-zu-ka consists of noun, na-àm-zu and postposition ka.
na-àm-zu-ka consists of noun, na-àm-zu, and postposition ka.
na-àm-zu is an abstract noun composed of the abstract prefix na-àm and the stem zu.
na-àm-zu is an abstract noun made up of the abstract prefix na-àm and the root zu.
na-àm equals šîmtu, “fortune”, (Br. 1609 and HW. 654) and is a dialectic form of nam (Br. 2103) which is a common abstract prefix.
na-àm is equivalent to šîmtu, meaning “fortune” (Br. 1609 and HW. 654), and is a dialectical variation of nam (Br. 2103), which is a standard abstract prefix.
na is a Sumerian value of the sign NANÛ. The value is simply syllabic here. The sign originally signified “stone”. Our 25 NA is found both in old Babylonian tablets and in New-Babylonian inscriptions.
na is a Sumerian value representing the sign NANÛ. The value is just syllabic here. The sign originally meant “stone.” Our 25 NA appears in both ancient Babylonian tablets and in New-Babylonian inscriptions.
àm (ES) also is only syllabic here. The sign has the EK value ag and is used ideographically.
àm (ES) is also only syllabic here. The symbol has the EK value ag and is used ideographically.
zu: the sign representing zu has only one value, presenting a rather uncommon circumstance in Sumerian. zu means “know”, also “be wise”, and may equal nîmeḳu, “wisdom”, (Br. 136), but the author preferred to say na-àm-zu, “the fortune of wisdom”.
zu: the symbol for zu has only one meaning, which is quite rare in Sumerian. zu means “know” or “be wise,” and it can be compared to nîmeḳu, meaning “wisdom” (Br. 136), but the author chose to express it as na-àm-zu, meaning “the fortune of wisdom.”
ka, sign-name KÂGU, is a postpositive sign of the genitive. The sign KÂGU (discussed below) is often used in this way, but it has several values and is used to express a large number of ideas, ka as a postposition is a dialectic form of ge(KIT).
ka, sign-name KÂGU, is a suffix that indicates possession. The sign KÂGU (discussed below) is often used this way, but it has several meanings and is used to convey many ideas; ka as a suffix is a dialectal form of ge(KIT).
še-ir-ma-al is ES for the EK nir-gal, š changing to n and m to g (MSL. p. XI). It is translated into Assyrian by the word etellu. še-ir-ma-al consists then of two parts; stem še-ir and suffix ma-al. Strictly, še-ir is “lord” and še-ir-ma-al is “lordship”.
še-ir-ma-al is ES for the EK nir-gal, with š changing to n and m to g (MSL. p. XI). It is translated into Assyrian as etellu. še-ir-ma-al consists of two parts: the stem še-ir and the suffix ma-al. Specifically, še-ir means “lord,” and še-ir-ma-al means “lordship.”
še-ir: e and i appear generally to be distinct sounds, but they combine, just as the two u’s combine in mu-un, making mun, and as the two a’s combine in na-àm, making nam. Evidently the weaker sound is absorbed by the stronger, hence še-ir becomes šêr, “ruler”, which could be represented by NISIGÙ (JA., 1905, p. 113, also Br. 4306).
še-ir: e and i generally sound different, but they merge, just like the two u’s come together in mu-un, forming mun, and as the two a’s merge in na-àm, creating nam. Clearly, the weaker sound is taken over by the stronger one, so še-ir becomes šêr, meaning “ruler”, which could be indicated by NISIGÙ (JA., 1905, p. 113, also Br. 4306).
še is perhaps a Semitic value coming from šê’u, “grain”. The original sign is a picture of a head of grain like wheat or oats. The name of the sign is Û-UM. The sign occurs in line 20 as an ideogram.
še is possibly a Semitic term derived from šê’u, meaning “grain.” The original symbol is an illustration of a grain head, like wheat or oats. The name of the symbol is Û-UM. The symbol appears in line 20 as an ideogram.
ir is also Semitic value of the sign GAḲ-GUNÙ. We shall meet the sign used as a verb equal to kamû, “bind”.
ir is also the Semitic value of the sign GAḲ-GUNÙ. We will see the sign used as a verb meaning kamû, “bind”.
ma-al, phonetically written for mal, is an ending which adds to šêr the idea of “having”; hence še-ir-ma-al means “having rule”.
ma-al, phonetically written as mal, is a suffix that adds to šêr the concept of “having”; therefore, še-ir-ma-al translates to “having rule.”
ma: we shall find MAMÛ used mostly as a noun, but it may occur as a verbal prefix or as a phonetic complement.
ma: we will find MAMÛ mostly used as a noun, but it can also appear as a verbal prefix or as a phonetic complement.
al: the sign has only one value, al, whose use is principally syllabic. The sign-name is ALLU.
al: the sign has just one value, al, which is mostly used in a syllabic way. The name of the sign is ALLU.
nì-te-na: nì-te is the main word with na as a suffix.
nì-te-na: nì-te is the main word with na as a suffix.
nì-te: nì and te stand related to each other as object and cognate verb, meaning “fear a fear”. The affinity of nì and te is shown by the fact that the sign for nì, called IMMU, may have the value tu (see Br. 8355), then the object and verb would be tu-te, “fear a fear” (see Fossey in JA., 1905, p. 128). nì-te may mean “self” just as nì may stand not only for “fear” but for that which causes fear as Rammânu, “the storm-god”, and then by way of erroneous association for ramânu, “self”.
nì-te: nì and te are connected as object and related verb, meaning “fear a fear.” The connection between nì and te is evident because the sign for nì, known as IMMU, can also represent tu (see Br. 8355), making the object and verb tu-te, “fear a fear” (see Fossey in JA., 1905, p. 128). nì-te can also mean “self,” just as nì can represent not just “fear” but also what causes fear, such as Rammânu, “the storm-god,” and then mistakenly associate with ramânu, “self.”
nì: the sign IMMU is one of the principal signs that originally 26 denoted “the quarter of the heavens”. It is used to signify “storm” and many ideas connected with storm.
nì: the sign IMMU is one of the main signs that originally denoted “the quarter of the heavens.” It is used to represent “storm” and many concepts related to storms.
te: TÊMMÊNU originally meant “orientation”, then “to approach hostilely”; hence nì-te meant “approach of storm”.
te: TÊMMÊNU originally meant “orientation”, then “to approach aggressively”; hence nì-te meant “approach of storm”.
na is an indeterminate suffix, but the context shows that it means “thy”, so that nì-te-na means “thyself” (see na above).
na is an uncertain suffix, but the context indicates that it means “your,” so nì-te-na means “yourself” (see na above).
2. dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka ... še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na
2. dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka ... še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na
O Bêl, lord of wisdom, ........ supreme by thyself!
O Bêl, lord of wisdom, ........ you are supreme all on your own!
dimmer: the sign AN here has the value dimmer. In the great bilingual penitential Psalm, K. 2811 (IV R. plate 10), instead of the single sign AN, we have the spelling dim-me-er (see lines 3, 7 and others). If this were an EK composition, the sign AN might be dingir, di-in-gir, but in the words ù-mu-un and še-ir-ma-al which we have already had, we have evidence that this is an ES composition, hence AN here is to be read dimmer.
dimmer: the symbol AN here represents dimmer. In the significant bilingual penitential Psalm, K. 2811 (IV R. plate 10), instead of just the symbol AN, we see the spelling dim-me-er (see lines 3, 7 and others). If this were an EK composition, the symbol AN could be dingir, di-in-gir, but in the terms ù-mu-un and še-ir-ma-al that we’ve previously encountered, we find evidence that this is an ES composition, so AN here should be interpreted as dimmer.
Mu-ul-lil: Bêl has only one name in this hymn; namely, Mul-lil. In the two tablets, 29644 and 29623, following this tablet, Bêl is called En-lil (see the colophons). The word Mu-ul-lil divides into two parts, Mu-ul, which contracts into Mul, and lil.
Mu-ul-lil: Bêl is referred to by only one name in this hymn; that is, Mul-lil. In the two tablets, 29644 and 29623, that follow this one, Bêl is called En-lil (refer to the colophons). The term Mu-ul-lil breaks down into two parts: Mu-ul, which shortens to Mul, and lil.
Mu-ul: Mul is ES; En is EK. Both Mul and En mean “lord”, so that either Mul-lil or En-lil means “lord of fulness”. It is probable that mul (wul) is cognate with en (el).
Mu-ul: Mul is ES; En is EK. Both Mul and En mean “lord,” so either Mul-lil or En-lil means “lord of fullness.” It's likely that mul (wul) is related to en (el).
ul: the sign is composed of GÊŠPU and GUṬṬU. The value ul is Semitic. We shall meet below this sign with the value rù meaning “perfect”.
ul: the symbol consists of GÊŠPU and GUṬṬU. The value ul is Semitic. Later in this text, we will encounter this symbol with the value rù, which means “perfect.”
lil: the name of the sign is KÎTU. lil in magic writings means “demon”, i. e., a spirit which may be either good or bad. Originally the sign indicated “structure”, from which idea comes the postpositional use of the sign with the value ge. šâru, “wind”, with the value lil is a secondary meaning of the sign.
lil: the name of the sign is KÎTU. lil in magical texts means “demon,” referring to a spirit that can be either good or bad. Initially, the sign represented “structure,” which led to its postpositional use with the value ge. šâru, meaning “wind,” with the value lil is a secondary meaning of the sign.
ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka (occurring in line 1, was discussed there). The fragments following -ka do not give a sure clue as to what the signs were before the erasure. After dimmer Mu-ul-lil perhaps the whole of the second line was precisely like the first.
ù-mu-un na-àm-zu-ka (occurring in line 1, was discussed there). The fragments after -ka don’t provide a clear indication of what the signs were before they were erased. After dimmer Mu-ul-lil, it’s possible that the entire second line was exactly like the first.
še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na (explained in line 1).
she-is-my-nature (explained in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
3. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un-e kur-kur-ra
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un-e kur-kur-ra
O father Bêl, lord of the lands!
O Father Bêl, Lord of the Lands!
a-a is probably for ad-da, ad meaning “protector”. Exactly how a-a comes to be used in the place of ad-da may not be determined with certainty. The explanation may lie in the relation between “water”, “seed” and “father”. a-a also seems to be a 27 softened form of ad-da. a means “seed” or more primarily “water”. The sign is an ideographic picture of dripping water.
a-a likely stands for ad-da, with ad meaning "protector." It's uncertain exactly why a-a is used instead of ad-da. The explanation might be connected to the relationship between "water," "seed," and "father." a-a also appears to be a softened version of ad-da. a means "seed" or more fundamentally "water." The symbol is an ideographic representation of dripping water.
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (explained in line 2).
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (explained in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ù-mu-un-e divides into the word ù-mu-un and the prolongation vowel e, possibly demonstrative in sense (see e farther on).
ù-mu-un-e breaks down into the word ù-mu-un and the extending vowel e, which might have a demonstrative meaning (see e later on).
ù-mu-un is not elsewhere in this hymn lengthened to ù-mu-un-e, but ù-mu-un occurs nine times.
ù-mu-un doesn't appear elsewhere in this hymn as ù-mu-un-e, but ù-mu-un shows up nine times.
kur-kur-ra is the plural form of noun, kur, plus postposition ra.
kur-kur-ra is the plural form of the noun kur, along with the postposition ra.
kur-kur: in Sumerian the general way of denoting the plural in nouns is by doubling the root (see ASK. p. 140), whereas the doubled root in a verb means an intensified or causative stem. There are five other cases of doubling the root in the hymn: di-di, line 7, ma-ma, line 8, ir-ir, line 13, má-má, line 20; and da-da, line 23.
kur-kur: In Sumerian, the usual way to indicate plurals in nouns is by repeating the root (see ASK. p. 140), while a repeated root in a verb signifies an intensified or causative form. There are five other instances of root doubling in the hymn: di-di, line 7, ma-ma, line 8, ir-ir, line 13, má-má, line 20; and da-da, line 23.
kur: the sign KÛRU in the old linear form represented pictorially “mountain tops”. The value kur has three very common Assyrian equivalents, šadû, “mountain”, irṣitu, “earth” and mâtu, “land”, all closely related to each other.
kur: the sign KÛRU in the old linear form depicted "mountain tops." The value kur has three common Assyrian equivalents: šadû, meaning "mountain"; irṣitu, meaning "earth"; and mâtu, meaning "land," all of which are closely related.
ra is a common postposition signifying “unto”. Perhaps ra sometimes serves merely as a vowel of prolongation, the r at the same time making a double of the final consonant of the preceding word. In such a case ra is called a phonetic complement, while it also helps to determine the value of the sign immediately preceding. To illustrate, the sign KÙRU being followed by RARÛ cannot be read gin nor mad. ra can also be the sign of the genitive (Br. 6367).
ra is a common postposition meaning “to.” Sometimes, ra acts just as a prolongation vowel, with the r also doubling the final consonant of the preceding word. In this case, ra is referred to as a phonetic complement, and it helps define the value of the sign right before it. For example, when the sign KÙRU is followed by RARÛ, it cannot be read as gin or mad. Additionally, ra can also indicate the genitive (Br. 6367).
4. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil à-mu-un dug-ga zi-da
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil à-mu-un dug-ga zi-da
O father Bêl, lord of righteous command!
O Father Bêl, lord of just authority!
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-mu-un (explained in lines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__ and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
dug-ga: dug is the value of KÂGU to be used here, as is at once suggested by the phonetic complement ga.
dug-ga: dug is the value of KÂGU to be used here, as is immediately indicated by the phonetic complement ga.
dug: a very common meaning of dug is ḳibîtu, “command” (Br. 532).
dug: a very common meaning of dug is ḳibîtu, “command” (Br. 532).
ga is merely the vowel of prolongation a with the final g of the preceding stem.
ga is just the prolonged vowel a with the final g from the previous stem.
zi-da: zi being followed by da gives the impression that it should be read zid with da as a phonetic complement. A final consonant in the first syllable, however, is not always a necessity. The name of the temple of Nabu at Borsippa is not read È-zid-da, but È-zi-da or È-zida.
zi-da: zi followed by da suggests it should be pronounced zid, with da acting as a phonetic addition. However, a final consonant in the first syllable isn't always required. The name of the temple of Nabu at Borsippa is pronounced as È-zi-da or È-zida, not È-zid-da.
zi here equals imnu, “right”. It may sometimes equal napištu (see below, line 25).
zi here means imnu, “right”. It can also mean napištu (see below, line 25).
5. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil siba sag gig-ga
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil siba sag gig-ga
O father Bêl, shepherd of the blackheaded!
O Father Bêl, shepherd of the black-headed!
siba equals rê’û (Br. 5688). The sign is compounded from PA and LU and means “staff-bearer”, since PA signifies “staff” and LU means “hold”, “seize”. The use of the sign is confined almost entirely to the idea of shepherd of animals and then figuratively to that of governor of men.
siba equals rê’û (Br. 5688). The symbol is made up of PA and LU and means “staff-bearer,” since PA signifies “staff” and LU means “hold” or “seize.” The use of the symbol is almost entirely limited to the idea of a shepherd of animals and then, figuratively, to that of a governor of people.
sag: the sign with the value sag, called SANGU or SAGGU, is the common sign to represent “head” which is expressed in Assyrian either by rêšu or ḳaḳḳadu (see Br. 3522 and 3513). The sign occurs in many compounds.
sag: the symbol with the value sag, known as SANGU or SAGGU, is the standard sign used to indicate “head,” which is expressed in Assyrian either as rêšu or ḳaḳḳadu (see Br. 3522 and 3513). This sign appears in many combinations.
gig-ga: gig is the value of MI suggested by the phonetic complement ga.
gig-ga: gig is the value of MI suggested by the sound addition ga.
gig: the sign is composed of the corner wedge U and the sign TATTAB and means “darkness”. The sign really signifies “entering into depression”. gi perhaps is a dialectism for mi.
gig: the sign consists of the corner wedge U and the sign TATTAB, and it means “darkness.” The sign really signifies “falling into depression.” gi might be a dialect variation of mi.
ga = phonetic complement, sag gig-ga means a race of men, evidently here the Babylonians, the people in particular over whom Bêl exercised rule. The term is certainly not one of depreciation. It merely shows that the Babylonians were swarthy. On the other hand, “blackheaded” may be intended to mean the human race inhabiting the earth in contradistinction to the bright celestial beings (see CDAL. 878). Cyrus, in his Broken Cylinder, seems to use the phrase as meaning the Babylonians. His words are: nišê ṣal-mat ḳaḳḳadi šá ú-šá-ak-ši-du ḳa-ta-a-šu. “The blackheaded people whom he caused his hands to conquer” (V R. 35, 13).
ga = phonetic complement, sag gig-ga refers to a race of men, likely the Babylonians, the people specifically ruled by Bêl. The term is certainly not derogatory. It just indicates that the Babylonians had darker skin. On the other hand, “blackheaded” might be meant to describe the human race living on earth, as opposed to the bright celestial beings (see CDAL. 878). Cyrus, in his Broken Cylinder, seems to use this phrase to refer to the Babylonians. He says: nišê ṣal-mat ḳaḳḳadi šá ú-šá-ak-ši-du ḳa-ta-a-šu. “The blackheaded people whom he caused his hands to conquer” (V R. 35, 13).
6. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil i-de gaba nì-te-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil i-de gaba nì-te-na
O father Bêl, the only all-seeing one!
O Father Bêl, the one who sees everything!
i-de, phonetic representation of ide, which in the EK dialect is represented by the sign IGÛ with the value igi which in Assyrian means înu, “eye” (Br. 4004, 4003 and 9273). ide is ES for the EK igi. We have the sign IGÛ in the colophon where it occurs with ÂU, “water”, a-ide meaning “water of the eye”.
i-de, the phonetic spelling of ide, is represented in the EK dialect by the sign IGÛ, which has the value igi. In Assyrian, this means înu, “eye” (Br. 4004, 4003, and 9273). ide is ES for the EK igi. We find the sign IGÛ in the colophon where it appears with ÂU, “water”, making a-ide mean “water of the eye”.
i is represented by GIṬṬÛ (“five”). The value i, however, is, of course, entirely syllabic here. Notice that there is a slight difference between the Babylonian GIṬṬÛ and the Assyrian GIṬṬÛ. In Assyrian, GIṬṬÛ consists of two wedges followed by three. In Babylonian it consists of three followed by two, and in the linear form the sign consists of three horizontal lines followed by two (see AL. p. 125, No. 105).
i is represented by GIṬṬÛ (“five”). The value i, however, is entirely syllabic here. Notice there’s a slight difference between the Babylonian GIṬṬÛ and the Assyrian GIṬṬÛ. In Assyrian, GIṬṬÛ has two wedges followed by three. In Babylonian, it has three followed by two, and in its linear form, the sign consists of three horizontal lines followed by two (see AL. p. 125, No. 105).
de represented by IZÛ and having the value bil means “fire”. The sign in its hieroglyphic form is probably a picture of building a fire by the friction of an instrument against a piece of wood. Hence the sign is properly composed of AM and GIŠ, AM representing something having a head and GIŠ meaning “wood”. The sign in our text is old Babylonian and may be found in Gudea 29 (Cylinder B, Col. IV, line 13, in Déc. Plate 34). Possibly i-de could be explained as if i were an abstract prefix and de as referring to the light of the eye, hence i-de means “eye”.
de represented by IZÛ and valued at bil means “fire.” The sign in its hieroglyphic form probably depicts the act of building a fire by rubbing an instrument against a piece of wood. Therefore, the sign is properly made up of AM and GIŠ, with AM representing something that has a head and GIŠ meaning “wood.” The sign in our text is from the old Babylonian period and can be found in Gudea 29 (Cylinder B, Col. IV, line 13, in Déc. Plate 34). It’s possible that i-de could be interpreted as if i were an abstract prefix and de referred to the light of the eye, thus i-de means “eye.”
gaba is the common word for irtu, “breast” (Br. 4477). The sign GABBU is a double MU-sign meaning “fulness”. From this idea of “fulness” we easily derive the idea of “open” (Br. 4490). So that ide gaba means “open eyed”. The two MU’s appear entirely separate in the Babylonian form of the sign as they do not in the Assyrian form (see TC. p. 18). Our GABBU is not so old as the GABBU of the Stèleo des Vauturs, but is like Gudea’s GABBU (see Cylinder A, Cob XXI, line 25, in Déc. Plate 34). i-de gaba is about equal to “omniscient”.
gaba is the common term for irtu, which means “breast” (Br. 4477). The sign GABBU is a double MU-sign that signifies “fulness.” From this concept of “fulness,” we can easily infer the idea of “open” (Br. 4490). Therefore, ide gaba means “open-eyed.” The two MU’s appear completely separate in the Babylonian version of the sign, unlike in the Assyrian version (see TC. p. 18). Our GABBU is not as old as the GABBU of the Stèleo des Vauturs, but it is similar to Gudea’s GABBU (see Cylinder A, Cob XXI, line 25, in Déc. Plate 34). i-de gaba is roughly equivalent to “omniscient.”
nì-te-na may be rendered as in line 1, “thyself,” or perhaps we could say “only”.
nì-te-na can be interpreted as in line 1, "yourself," or we might say "only."
7. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ama erim-na di-di
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ama erim-na di-di
O father Bêl, the lord that executest judgment on thy enemies!
O Father Bêl, the Lord who judges your enemies!
ama: the meaning for AMMU with the value ama is rîmu, “bull”. AMMU may mean “lord”, bêlu (Br. 4543). In the sign AMMU we have the hieroglyphs for the bull’s head and the mountain combined. In the oldest Babylonian form, of course, lines are used instead of wedges. In Assyrian the sign has been reduced to two horizontal wedges placed before the sign DÛGU. AMMU represents “the bull of the mountains”. In line 9 we shall have the sign GUṬṬU which represents “the bull not of the mountains”, i. e. “the domestic bull” or “the ox”. The sign is the same in form as AMMU, except that the little inside wedges representing the mountains are wanting.
ama: the meaning of AMMU with the value ama is rîmu, “bull”. AMMU can mean “lord”, bêlu (Br. 4543). In the sign AMMU, we have the hieroglyphs for the bull’s head and the mountain combined. In the oldest Babylonian form, lines are used instead of wedges. In Assyrian, the sign is simplified to two horizontal wedges placed before the sign DÛGU. AMMU represents “the bull of the mountains”. In line 9 we will have the sign GUṬṬU which represents “the bull not of the mountains,” i.e., “the domestic bull” or “the ox.” The sign is the same in form as AMMU, except that the small inside wedges representing the mountains are missing.
erim-na: erim is taken to be the right value rather than laḥ, because of the following na which serves as a phonetic complement, m and n being closely related because of their similar indeterminate nasal qualities.
erim-na: erim is considered the correct value instead of laḥ, due to the following na which acts as a phonetic complement, with m and n being closely related because of their similar ambiguous nasal qualities.
erim affords a meaning that seems to suit the context. erim must be equal to the Assyrian ṣâbu which must like the Hebrew ṣābā have in it the idea of “service”. Such expressions as the following bring out the idea of “service”. erim-bal-ku-a, “slave employed at the water wheel” (OBTR. Plate 91, Obv.). erim-bal-gub-ba, “slave who carries a hatchet” (OBTR. Plate 17, Obv.). A common meaning for erim is “warrior”, but the warrior as a soldier rather a general. Then from the idea “soldier of the enemy”, we come to the idea “enemy”, which seems to be the meaning here.
erim has a meaning that fits the context. erim must be the equivalent of the Assyrian ṣâbu, which, like the Hebrew ṣābā, carries the idea of “service.” Expressions like the following highlight the concept of “service”: erim-bal-ku-a, “slave working at the water wheel” (OBTR. Plate 91, Obv.). erim-bal-gub-ba, “slave who carries a hatchet” (OBTR. Plate 17, Obv.). A common meaning for erim is “warrior,” but this refers to a soldier rather than a general. From the idea of a “soldier of the enemy,” we arrive at the notion of “enemy,” which appears to be the meaning here.
na, while serving phonetically, is also here a pronominal suffix.
na, while serving phonetically, is also a pronoun suffix here.
di-di can equal kašâdu (Br. 9529 and 9563). The judgment implied by di-di, accordingly, may be that executed on an enemy. 30 di-di is more than pronouncing sentence. It is inflicting the punishment.
di-di can equal kašâdu (Br. 9529 and 9563). The judgment implied by di-di may therefore be one executed on an enemy. 30 di-di is more than just pronouncing a sentence. It involves carrying out the punishment.
di may be a value borrowed from the Assyrian dânu, “to judge”, but this is uncertain, as such an occurrence implies Semitic influence which could not have amounted to much if this hymn was written at a very early period.
di might be a term taken from the Assyrian dânu, meaning “to judge,” but this is not certain since such a connection suggests Semitic influence, which likely wouldn't have been significant if this hymn was composed in a very early timeframe.
8. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-nê-la ma-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil ù-nê-la ma-ma
O father Bêl, the power of the land!
O Father Bêl, the might of the land!
ù-nê-la equals noun ù-nê = emûḳu, “power” and phonetic complement la.
ù-nê-la equals noun ù-nê = emûḳu, “power” and phonetic complement la.
ù: IGI-DIBBU might be confounded with ḤUL. It is rather carelessly written here. ù, we have seen in line 1, may mean “lord” in the sense of being “elderly”. ù might mean “mountain”; if so it would be in the sense of being an “ancient mountain”. ù here, however, must be an abstract prefix (MSL. p. XVII). ù, for example, is used as such a prefix with tu, ù-tu being equal to “offspring” (Br. 9470).
ù: IGI-DIBBU might be confused with ḤUL. It's written a bit carelessly here. ù, as we've seen in line 1, can mean “lord” in the sense of being “elderly.” ù might also mean “mountain”; if that's the case, it would refer to an “ancient mountain.” However, in this context, ù must be an abstract prefix (MSL. p. XVII). For instance, ù is used as a prefix with tu, with ù-tu meaning “offspring” (Br. 9470).
nê: PIRIḲḲU in passing from the old Babylonian form which we have in our text meets with much change. The form in our text comes near to being that of the oldest known. Even in Ḥammurabi it begins to take the form of the Assyrian PIRIḲḲU (see CḤ. XLIV. 24. Plate LXXXI). PIRIḲḲU with the value gir which is EK for the ES ner is the common sign for “foot” (Br. 9192). With the meaning of “power” it generally has the value nê (Br. 9184).
nê: PIRIḲḲU transitions from the old Babylonian version that we have in our text and undergoes significant changes. The version in our text is quite close to the oldest known form. Even in Ḥammurabi's time, it starts to resemble the Assyrian PIRIḲḲU (see CḤ. XLIV. 24. Plate LXXXI). PIRIḲḲU, with the value gir, which is EK for the ES ner, is the standard symbol for “foot” (Br. 9192). When it signifies “power,” it typically holds the value nê (Br. 9184).
la: LALÛ here is essentially the same as the old linear picture which may readily be found in old Sumerian script, given also by Delitzsch (see AL. p. 122, No. 31). la means “fulness” like the Assyrian lalû, but its use in our text is entirely phonetic. We should rather expect ra here. Note that in line 10, we have ra where we should expect la, and in line 12, we have da-ma-al-la where the la is regular, just as ra is regular in kur-kur-ra of line 3.
la: LALÛ here is essentially the same as the old linear representation found in ancient Sumerian writing, also described by Delitzsch (see AL. p. 122, No. 31). la means “fullness,” similar to the Assyrian lalû, but its usage in our text is purely phonetic. We would actually expect ra here. Note that in line 10, we have ra where we would expect la, and in line 12, we have da-ma-al-la where the la is regular, just as ra is regular in kur-kur-ra of line 3.
ma-ma: MAMÛ in its original form is an old hieroglyph representing the earth, so that “earth” or “the land” is a common meaning for ma and equal to the Assyrian mâtu which probably comes from Sumerian ma, “land”, and da, “strong” = DADDU (see line 1 for further comment).
ma-ma: MAMÛ in its original form is an ancient symbol representing the earth, so “earth” or “the land” is a typical meaning for ma and is similar to the Assyrian mâtu, which likely comes from Sumerian ma, meaning “land,” and da, meaning “strong” = DADDU (see line 1 for further comment).
The bull of the pasture, the bull that encompassest the productive land.
The bull of the pasture, the bull that surrounds the fertile land.
ama, which in line 7 was rendered by “lord”, must mean here “bull”, as the word nà-a limits us to this meaning. nà-a means 31 “pasture”. nà-a could be taken as an adjective, descriptive of the attitude of the bull, i. e., that of lying down quietly. We have nà-a again in line 14. a is simply phonetic here (see line 3).
ama, which in line 7 was translated as “lord,” must mean “bull” here, since the word nà-a restricts us to this meaning. nà-a means 31 “pasture.” nà-a could be understood as an adjective that describes the bull’s behavior, like lying down quietly. We see nà-a again in line 14. a is just phonetic in this context (see line 3).
nà: the sign for the value nà has no sign-name. In almost this form, the sign is easily found in the text of Gudea (see Cylinder B, Col. XVI, line 19, in Déc. 35). The form in our text is very near to the original linear form and differs much from the Assyrian. The ordinary meaning of nà is given by the Assyrian rabâṣu “lie down”, kindred to the Hebrew rābăṣ.
nà: the sign for the value nà doesn’t have a specific sign-name. In almost this form, the sign can be easily found in Gudea's text (see Cylinder B, Col. XVI, line 19, in Déc. 35). The form in our text is very close to the original linear form and is quite different from the Assyrian version. The usual meaning of nà is provided by the Assyrian rabâṣu, which means “lie down,” and is related to the Hebrew rābăṣ.
gù, the value here for GUṬṬU, is commonly rendered in Assyrian by alpu “ox”. The sign represents the bull’s head with horns. Historically the sign has three forms, the old Babylonian linear form, the old Babylonian wedge-form and the Assyrian wedge-form. The old Babylonian linear and wedge-forms are the same, except that wedges occur in the latter where simple straight lines appear in the former. The Assyrian form is composed of two horizontal wedges, one upright wedge and two little corner wedges (AL. p. 128, No. 164). The difference between GUṬṬU and AMMU is significant (see note on line 7).
gù, the value here for GUṬṬU, is usually represented in Assyrian as alpu “ox.” The sign depicts the head of a bull with horns. Traditionally, the sign has three variations: the old Babylonian linear form, the old Babylonian wedge-form, and the Assyrian wedge-form. The old Babylonian linear and wedge-forms are identical, except that wedges appear in the latter where there are simple straight lines in the former. The Assyrian form consists of two horizontal wedges, one upright wedge, and two small corner wedges (AL. p. 128, No. 164). The distinction between GUṬṬU and AMMU is important (see note on line 7).
ne-sig: ne-sig-ga equals kamû, “bind” (Br. 4626). The meaning “bind” fits here.
ne-sig: ne-sig-ga means kamû, “bind” (Br. 4626). The meaning “bind” is appropriate here.
ne is not an unusual indeterminate verbal prefix (see MSL. p. XXIX).
ne is a common uncertain verbal prefix (see MSL. p. XXIX).
sig = PA, probably with the value sig, may equal kamû (Br. 5575). Hence ne-sig is a verb, ne being the prefix and sig the stem.
sig = PA, likely with the value sig, may equal kamû (Br. 5575). Therefore, ne-sig is a verb, with ne as the prefix and sig as the stem.
gan-nu: the value gan is indicated by the following nu.
gan-nu: the value gan is shown by the following nu.
gan with complementary nu is represented here by an ancient form of the sign which is very different from the Assyrian form. The meaning here must be expressed by daḥâdu, “plenty”, kindred to alidu (IV R. 9, 24a).
gan with complementary nu is shown here by an ancient form of the sign that is quite different from the Assyrian version. The meaning here should be understood as daḥâdu, “plenty,” related to alidu (IV R. 9, 24a).
ki: the KIKÛ of our text is New-Babylonian (see the Cyrus Cylinder, I R. 35, line 4). The early linear form is well represented by the wedge-form of Ḥammurabi (CḤ. Col. I, line 10, plate I). A picture of the earth was probably attempted in the archaic linear form. It should be noted that space is represented conventionally by parallel horizontal lines included in a rectangle, orientated to the four quarters of the heavens.
ki: the KIKÛ in our text is New-Babylonian (see the Cyrus Cylinder, I R. 35, line 4). The early linear form is clearly shown by the wedge shape of Ḥammurabi (CḤ. Col. I, line 10, plate I). An attempt to depict the earth was likely made in the archaic linear form. It's important to note that space is conventionally represented by parallel horizontal lines within a rectangle, oriented to the four cardinal directions.
10. dimmer Mu-ul-lil nin ḳar-ra ki damal-ra
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mu-ul-lil your time now
O Bêl, the bountiful lord of the broad land!
O Bêl, the generous lord of the vast land!
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see line 2 for notes).
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for notes).
nin in the sense of bêlu, “lord”, gives a good context.
nin in the sense of bêlu, “lord”, provides a good context.
ḳar-ra equals noun ḳar and postposition ra; ḳar = “plenty” (see MSL. 123). The text however may be dam-ḳar-ra.
ḳar-ra equals the noun ḳar and the postposition ra; ḳar means “plenty” (see MSL. 123). The text, however, may be dam-ḳar-ra.
Note that ra may be taken as a postposition of the genitive as well as phonetic complement (see on line 3).
Note that ra can be used as a postposition for the genitive and also as a phonetic complement (see on line 3).
ki (see on line 9).
ki (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
damal-ra equals adjective plus postposition.
damal-ra means adjective plus postposition.
damal, ES for the EK dagal, with the meaning of rapšu, “extensive” (Br. 5452). The sign name is AMÛ. The sign is composed of two signs one within the other, PISANNU, “house”, the outer sign, and ANÛ, “high”, the inner sign, hence the meaning “large space”, “extensive”.
damal, ES for the EK dagal, meaning rapšu, “extensive” (Br. 5452). The sign name is AMÛ. The sign consists of two signs, one inside the other: PISANNU, “house”, as the outer sign, and ANÛ, “high”, as the inner sign, which conveys the meaning “large space”, “extensive”.
11. ù-mu-un mu-ud-na dú sag-ma-al ki
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un mu-ud-na dú sag-ma-al ki
The lord of creation, the creator, the true head of the land!
The lord of creation, the creator, the true leader of the land!
ù-mu-un (see line 1 for note).
ù-mu-un (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for more info).
mu-ud-na may equal “creator” or “begetter”, just as muḥ-na equals the Assyrian a-lid (IV R. 9, 32a). mu-ud is a phonetic representation of the word mud, whose sign is MUŠÊN-DUGÛ, ḤU plus ḤI (Br. 2273). The word mud is equal to the Assyrian banû (Br. 2274).
mu-ud-na can mean “creator” or “begetter,” just like muḥ-na corresponds to the Assyrian a-lid (IV R. 9, 32a). mu-ud is a phonetic representation of the word mud, which is represented by the sign MUŠÊN-DUGÛ, ḤU plus ḤI (Br. 2273). The word mud is equivalent to the Assyrian banû (Br. 2274).
dú: here we must let the sense govern us in deciding on a form which may be read either as KAK or NI. KAK with the value du equal to banû (Br. 5248) gives a meaning that fits smoothly with what precedes and follows. In their original forms KAK, NI and IR are similar yet entirely distinct signs. In the archaic linear form, KAK is a triangle with one of the angles pointing to the right. NI is a triangle with one of the angles pointing to the right and one upright line passing through the triangle. IR also is a triangle with one of the angles pointing to the right and two upright lines passing through the triangle.
dú: here we need to rely on the meaning to choose a form that can be read as either KAK or NI. KAK, with the value du equivalent to banû (Br. 5248), fits well with the surrounding context. In their original forms, KAK, NI, and IR are similar but completely different symbols. In the ancient linear style, KAK is a triangle with one angle pointing to the right. NI is a triangle with one angle pointing to the right and an upright line going through it. IR is also a triangle with one angle pointing to the right and two upright lines going through it.
sag-ma-al equals noun sag, plus suffix ma-al. It could stand for sag-ga just as sag-mal can stand for sag-ga (Br. 3595). sag equals “head” (as in line 5). ma-al: if ma-al is taken a suffix (as in line 1), it stands for the sign PISANNU meaning šakânu, “establish”, or bašû, “exist”, and is ES for the EK gal.
sag-ma-al is made up of the noun sag plus the suffix ma-al. It could represent sag-ga just like sag-mal can represent sag-ga (Br. 3595). sag means “head” (as in line 5). ma-al: if ma-al is seen as a suffix (as in line 1), it represents the sign PISANNU, which means šakânu, “establish”, or bašû, “exist”, and is ES for the EK gal.
ki (see line 9).
ki (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
The lord whose shining oil is milk for an extensive progeny!
The lord whose radiant essence is like milk for a large family!
ù-mu-un (see line 1 for note).
ù-mu-un (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for note).
zal: NI means “oil”. The Babylonian KAK, NI and IR should be distinguished from the Assyrian. In Assyrian the horizontal wedges are parallel and do not come to an angle at the right.
zal: NI means “oil.” The Babylonian KAK, NI, and IR should be distinguished from the Assyrian. In Assyrian, the horizontal wedges are parallel and do not come to a point on the right.
laḥ-na: zal laḥ-na means “his shining oil”, and the thought appears to be that Bêl causes food to be produced to sustain successive generations. His oil is milk for many generations. 33 zal-laḥ is somewhat like the expression “finest oil” found in Assyrian inscriptions.
laḥ-na: zal laḥ-na means “his shining oil”, and it suggests that Bêl provides food to support future generations. His oil is like nourishment for many generations. 33 zal-laḥ is similar to the phrase “finest oil” found in Assyrian inscriptions.
laḥ: the signs ḤISSU and ṢÂBU find their nearest approach to each other in the value laḥ. Both signs have this value with the meaning “brightness”.
laḥ: the signs ḤISSU and ṢÂBU come closest to each other in the value laḥ. Both signs have this value with the meaning “brightness”.
na here is a suffix of the third person; sometimes it is second person (see line 1).
na is a suffix used for the third person; at times, it can be for the second person (see line 1).
ga: our sign here is the old Babylonian GÛ which with its common value ga means šizbu, “milk”. The archaic linear form represents the teat of the breast. ga occurs often as a phonetic complement (see line 4).
ga: our symbol here is the ancient Babylonian GÛ which, with its usual value ga, means šizbu, “milk.” The old linear form represents the nipple of the breast. ga is often used as a phonetic complement (see line 4).
nunuz-ám means “is multitudinous”. nunuz: NUNUZ in this form is, as Delitzsch observes (HW. p. 525b), New-Babylonian. In Assyrian it is composed of ṢAB and ḤI and in New-Babylonian of ṢAB and ŠE. Here it is equal to the Assyrian lîpu, German “Nachkomme”.
nunuz-ám means “is numerous.” nunuz: NUNUZ in this form is, as Delitzsch notes (HW. p. 525b), New Babylonian. In Assyrian, it consists of ṢAB and ḤI, and in New Babylonian, of ṢAB and ŠE. Here, it corresponds to the Assyrian lîpu, German “Nachkomme.”
ám: A.AN, equalling ám, is a well recognized verbal suffix used like the verb “to be”; for instance, dingir-ra ám means “is a god” and gal-la ám means “is great” (see SVA. p. 56).
ám: A.AN, equal to ám, is a widely recognized verbal suffix used like the verb “to be”; for example, dingir-ra ám means “is a god” and gal-la ám means “is great” (see SVA. p. 56).
da-ma-al-la is composed of the adjective da-ma-al and the phonetic complement la. da-ma-al is the phonetic representation in ES of the sign AMÛ meaning rapšu (see line 10).
da-ma-al-la is made up of the adjective da-ma-al and the phonetic complement la. da-ma-al is the phonetic representation in ES of the sign AMÛ, which means rapšu (see line 10).
13. ù-mu-un silim-ma-a-ni eri ir-ir
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un silim-ma-a-ni eri ir-ir
The lord whose decrees bind together the city.
The lord whose commands hold the city together.
silim-ma-a-ni means “his decree”. Thus, silim-ma-a equals noun, plus phonetic complement, plus vowel prolongation. silim: we have had the sign SARARÛ (in line 7), where it was given the value di; here, however, the phonetic complement suggests the choice of the value silim, from which we derive the meaning “decree”, although “salutation” is a more primary meaning expressed by the Semitic value silim (from šulmu). The sign is apparently New-Babylonian.
silim-ma-a-ni means “his decree.” So, silim-ma-a consists of a noun, a phonetic complement, and a vowel extension. silim: we’ve encountered the sign SARARÛ (in line 7), where it was assigned the value di; however, in this case, the phonetic complement indicates the use of the value silim, leading us to the meaning “decree,” although “salutation” is a more fundamental meaning represented by the Semitic value silim (from šulmu). This sign is evidently New-Babylonian.
ni is one of the common nominal suffixes of the third person. Note that Bêl is addressed in the third person in this line, but we shall find him addressed in the second person again in line 16.
ni is one of the common suffixes used to indicate the third person. Note that Bêl is referred to in the third person in this line, but we will see him addressed in the second person again in line 16.
eri is ES for the EK uru. This value is substantiated by the name of the city of Eridu = Eri-ṭu, (see MSL. p. 105). The name of the sign is ALU. Our sign is old Babylonian and is not very different from the hieroglyphic form which is supposed to represent a city (see AL. p. 121, No. 21). It differs considerably from the New-Babylonian ALU which is much like the Assyrian.
eri is ES for the EK uru. This value is supported by the name of the city of Eridu = Eri-ṭu, (see MSL. p. 105). The name of the sign is ALU. Our sign is Old Babylonian and is not very different from the hieroglyphic form that is supposed to represent a city (see AL. p. 121, No. 21). It differs significantly from the New-Babylonian ALU, which is quite similar to the Assyrian.
ir-ir is an intensive form of the verb and therefore may be causative. Bêl is supposed to have aided kings especially in capturing cities. ir may mean “bind”, expressed by kamû, but kamû 34 is not so often represented by IR as by DIBBU or LALLU. kamû may be represented by PA (see line 9). Although ir is said to be a Semitic value, it is used in this hymn syllabically and is the only value of the sign preserved (see line 1 and also dù in line 11 for further comment).
ir-ir is an intensive form of the verb and can be causative. Bêl is believed to have helped kings, especially in taking cities. ir might mean “bind,” represented by kamû, but kamû is more often shown by IR as DIBBU or LALLU. kamû can also be represented by PA (see line 9). While ir is considered to have a Semitic value, it's used syllabically in this hymn, and that's the only meaning of the sign that has been preserved (see line 1 and also dù in line 11 for further comment).
14. dù nà-a-ni à àm-e gal-la
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sometimes it's like this
Whose powerful dwelling-place (is the seat of) a great command,
Whose strong home (is the center of) great authority,
dù: the sign giving this value has two origins, one of which is represented by the value dul, meaning “cover” (Br. 9582). The other is represented by the value dù and means “dwelling-place”, rendered in Assyrian by šubtu (Br. 9588). dù really means “prescribed space”.
dù: the sign that carries this value has two origins, one represented by the value dul, which means “cover” (Br. 9582). The other is represented by the value dù, meaning “dwelling-place”, expressed in Assyrian as šubtu (Br. 9588). dù essentially means “designated space”.
nà-a-ni means “his lying-down place”. nà-a defines with more particularity the nature of the dwelling as “a lying-down place”, “a permanent place of rest”. Here we have dù nà-a; above we have ama nà-a (line 9).
nà-a-ni means “his sleeping place”. nà-a specifies more clearly that it refers to “a sleeping place”, “a permanent place of rest”. Here we have dù nà-a; above we have ama nà-a (line 9).
à: IDU and DADDU come from the same ideogram which is the picture of the hand and the forearm, the fingers pointing to the left. The value id is supposed to be of Semitic derivation, from the root appearing in Assyrian as idu, “hand”. The sign IDU also means “side”, “wing”, “horn”, “power”. Hence I render “powerful” here, making it qualify dù nà-a-ni. The sign in our text is old Babylonian; yet it seems to be a form that is approaching the Assyrian form. TA is also related to ID and DA and is used as DA sometimes is, as a postposition.
à: IDU and DADDU come from the same symbol, which is an image of a hand and forearm, with the fingers pointing to the left. The value id is believed to be of Semitic origin, stemming from the root found in Assyrian as idu, meaning “hand.” The sign IDU also signifies “side,” “wing,” “horn,” and “power.” Therefore, I interpret it as “powerful” in this context, qualifying dù nà-a-ni. The sign in our text is from Old Babylonian; however, it seems to be a version that is transitioning towards the Assyrian form. TA is also connected to ID and DA and is used like DA sometimes is, as a postposition.
àm-e, composed of prefix àm and stem e. àm: we have had the sign used phonetically (line 1). Here it is undoubtedly an abstract prefix (MSL. p. XVII), qualifying the following e. The sign is old Babylonian, readily found in old Babylonian inscriptions. It is a composite sign. The enclosure contains the sign IZÛ which is also composite. IZÛ however, as explained above (line 6), means “fire”. So àm is primarily the “fire of love”, hence the usual meaning “love”.
àm-e, made up of the prefix àm and the stem e. àm: we’ve seen the sign used phonetically (line 1). Here, it is clearly an abstract prefix (MSL. p. XVII) that qualifies the following e. The sign is from Old Babylonian and commonly appears in ancient inscriptions. It is a composite sign. The enclosure includes the sign IZÛ, which is also a composite. IZÛ, as mentioned earlier (line 6), means “fire.” So, àm is primarily the “fire of love,” leading to the usual meaning of “love.”
e: it is clear that e can equal ḳabû, “speak” (Br. 5843 and HW. 578a). Hence àm-e must mean “speech”. The sign is old Babylonian, as may be seen, for instance, by examining Ḥammurabi. It is called ÊGÛ. The New-Babylonian form comes nearer to the old Babylonian than the Assyrian does. This fact goes to show that the Assyrian signs are as a rule farther away from the archaic forms than the New-Babylonian signs are. The sign ÂU represented “water”, but the sign ÊGÛ represented the “waterditch”, “canal”. How e comes to mean ḳabû may perhaps be explained by its relation to the value i of KÂGU which equals amâtu, “word”.
e: it's clear that e can equal ḳabû, “speak” (Br. 5843 and HW. 578a). So, àm-e must mean “speech”. The sign is old Babylonian, as can be seen, for example, by looking at Ḥammurabi. It's called ÊGÛ. The New-Babylonian form is closer to the old Babylonian than the Assyrian one is. This indicates that Assyrian signs are generally further from the archaic forms than New-Babylonian signs are. The sign ÂU represented “water”, while the sign ÊGÛ represented “water ditch” or “canal”. How e comes to mean ḳabû might be explained by its connection to the value i of KÂGU, which equals amâtu, “word”.
gal-la: gal, “great”, is often followed by the phonetic complement la.
gal-la: gal, meaning “great,” is usually followed by the phonetic complement la.
15. kur dimmer Babbar-ê-ta kur dimmer Babbar-šu-šù
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ kur dimmer Babbar-ê-ta kur dimmer Babbar-šu-šù
From the land of the rising sun to the land of the setting sun!
From the land of the rising sun to the land of the setting sun!
kur (see on line 3).
kur (view on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Babbar-ê-ta equals ideogram for “the sun”, plus verb ê = “coming out”, plus postposition “from”. dimmer Babbar is the ordinary ideogram for ilu Šamaš used of “the sun”, as well as of “the god Šamaš”. Babbar is a value of ḤISSU which means “to be white”.
dimmer Babbar-ê-ta translates to an ideogram for “the sun,” plus the verb ê meaning “coming out,” plus the postposition “from.” dimmer Babbar is the standard ideogram for ilu Šamaš, referring to “the sun” as well as to “the god Šamaš.” Babbar is a term in ḤISSU that means “to be white.”
ê: = two signs, UD and DU, equivalent to this value, meaning aṣû, “come out”, or “go out”. The sign UD is a picture of the sun, and represents the rising sun; hence = “come forth”.
ê: = two signs, UD and DU, which have the same value, meaning aṣû, “come out” or “go out”. The sign UD is a depiction of the sun and symbolizes the rising sun; therefore, it means “come forth.”
ta is a postposition meaning in this case “from”, but often “in, into”. TA in our text is old Babylonian and much like the linear form in early tablets. Nearly the same form can be found in Ḥammurabi also. But on the whole, the old Babylonian, the Assyrian and the New-Babylonian all differ from each other much. TA has a close relation to DA and ID (see on line 14).
ta is a postposition meaning "from" in this context, but it can also mean "in" or "into." TA in our text is from ancient Babylonian and resembles the linear form found in early tablets. A nearly identical form can also be found in Ḥammurabi. However, overall, old Babylonian, Assyrian, and New-Babylonian differ significantly from each other. TA is closely related to DA and ID (see on line 14).
dimmer Babbar-šu-šù equals ideogram for “the sun”, plus šu = “going in”, plus postposition “to”.
dimmer Babbar-šu-šù translates to the ideogram for “the sun”, plus šu = “going in”, plus the postposition “to”.
šu equals erêbu, “enter in”. Ideographically, ŠU means “bent over”, or “depressed”.
šu equals erêbu, “enter in.” Ideographically, ŠU means “bent over” or “depressed.”
šù is a value of KU, as a postposition, meaning “unto”. The sign is of rectangular form and has many values, consequently many meanings starting with the idea “enclosure”. The governing force of šù here reaches back over kur in the middle of the line, just as the governing force of ta goes back over kur at the beginning of the line.
šù is a value of KU, used as a postposition, meaning “unto.” The sign has a rectangular shape and carries multiple values, and therefore many meanings, starting with the concept of “enclosure.” The governing influence of šù here connects back to kur in the middle of the line, just as the governing influence of ta connects back to kur at the beginning of the line.
The beautiful expression of this line occurs more than once in Sumerian and Babylonian literature. As early as Lugalziggisi it appears in royal writings. Lugalziggisi speaks of his kingdom as extending “from the rising sun to the setting sun”. Babbar-ê-ta (UD.UD.DU.TA) Babbar-šu-šù (UD.ŠU.KU) (OBI. No. 87, Col. II, 12 and 13). And Esarhaddon in Cylinder A says that “From the rising sun to the setting sun he marched without a rival”. ul-tu ṣi-it ilu Šam-ši a-di e-rib ilu Šam-ši it-tal-lak-u-ma ma-ḥi-ra la i-šu-u (I R. 45, Col. I, 7 and 8).
The beautiful expression of this line appears multiple times in Sumerian and Babylonian literature. As early as Lugalziggisi, it shows up in royal writings. Lugalziggisi describes his kingdom as stretching “from the rising sun to the setting sun.” Babbar-ê-ta (UD.UD.DU.TA) Babbar-šu-šù (UD.ŠU.KU) (OBI. No. 87, Col. II, 12 and 13). And Esarhaddon in Cylinder A states that “From the rising sun to the setting sun he marched without a rival.” ul-tu ṣi-it ilu Šam-ši a-di e-rib ilu Šam-ši it-tal-lak-u-ma ma-ḥi-ra la i-šu-u (I R. 45, Col. I, 7 and 8).
O mountain, the lord of life, thou the lord indeed art!
O mountain, you truly are the lord of life!
kur-ra (see on line 3).
kur-ra (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ù-mu-un (see on line 1).
ù-mu-un (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
nu-um-ti occurs also in the next line and no doubt equals balâṭu, “life”.
nu-um-ti appears again in the next line and clearly corresponds to balâṭu, meaning “life”.
nu-um seems to be an abstracting prefix of the nature of nam as in nam-ti-la = balâṭu (Br. 1697). nu-um-ti, however, may be a phonetic representation of nim, also written num which means elîtu, “height” (Br. 1982 and 9011). According to this view, nu-um-ti might mean “the acme of life”, just as nam-ti equals “the fortune of life”; hence “life in general”. Or it might be suggested that num is really for nam, as a is known to differentiate sometimes into u; ga for instance becomes gu (MSL. p. X).
nu-um seems to be an abstracting prefix similar to nam, as in nam-ti-la = balâṭu (Br. 1697). However, nu-um-ti might be a phonetic representation of nim, also spelled num, which means elîtu, “height” (Br. 1982 and 9011). From this perspective, nu-um-ti could mean “the peak of life,” just as nam-ti translates to “the fortune of life”; therefore, it reflects “life in general.” Alternatively, it could be argued that num is actually a variant of nam, since a is known to sometimes change into u; for example, ga becomes gu (MSL. p. X).
ti equals balâṭu, “life”, and has its fuller form in tin, also equal to balâṭu “live”.
ti equals balâṭu, “life”, and has its fuller form in tin, also equal to balâṭu “live”.
za-e equals atta, “thou” (Br. 11762, also ASK. p. 139).
za-e equals atta, “you” (Br. 11762, also ASK. p. 139).
ab-da-me-en equals “thou thyself art”. The form consists of verbal prefix, infix and verb, as follows: ab, being an indeterminate prefix, may therefore be used of the second person (MSL. p. XXV). ÊŠU is an old Babylonian sign pictorially representing “enclosed space”, hence the meaning of “enclosure”. It means, with the value éš, “house”, and, with the value ab, “sea”. da is like à(ID) (line 14), ideographically represented by the picture of the hand and forearm (line 4). It means “side”, also “strength”. It is sometimes a reflexive verbal infix (MSL. p. XXIV). me-en equals bašû (Br. 10404). me also equals bašû (Br. 10361) and the longer me-a equals bašû (Br. 10459). en, therefore, is not an essential part of the word which means “be”. me-en has no connection with ma-e, the personal pronoun of the first person. men, in fact, can be used of the second person and even of the third as well. The defining pronoun za-e here compels us to take me-en in the second person.
ab-da-me-en means “you yourself are.” This form consists of a verbal prefix, infix, and verb, as follows: ab, which is an indefinite prefix, can be used for the second person (MSL. p. XXV). ÊŠU is an ancient Babylonian symbol that visually represents “enclosed space,” hence the meaning of “enclosure.” It means, with the value éš, “house,” and, with the value ab, “sea.” da is similar to à (ID) (line 14), ideographically shown by the image of a hand and forearm (line 4). It means “side” and also “strength.” It can sometimes serve as a reflexive verbal infix (MSL. p. XXIV). me-en is equivalent to bašû (Br. 10404). me also equals bašû (Br. 10361), and the longer me-a equals bašû (Br. 10459). Thus, en is not an essential part of the word meaning “be.” me-en has no connection to ma-e, which is the personal pronoun for the first person. men can actually be used for the second person and even the third person as well. The defining pronoun za-e here requires us to interpret me-en in the second person.
Reverse
17. dimmer Mu-ul-lil kur-kur-ra ga-šá-an nu-um-ti nin-zu ga-šá-anab-da(-me-en)
17. dimmer Mu-ul-lil kur-kur-ra ga-šá-an nu-um-ti nin-zu ga-šá-anab-da(-me-en)
O Bêl of the lands, lord of life, lord of wisdom, lord indeed thou art!
O Bel of the lands, lord of life, lord of wisdom, truly you are!
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see line 2 for note).
dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for note).
kur-kur-ra (see line 3 for note).
kur-kur-ra (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for note).
ga-šá-an, like ù-mu-un (line 1), equals bêlu, “lord”, and is a phonetic form of gašan which is usually represented by GÊŠPU-GUNÛ (Br. 6989 and MSL. p. 129). ga is only a syllable here (see lines 4 and 12 for further comment). ŠÁ is an old sign; here it is old Babylonian and represents closely the linear form. The sign is much used in Assyrian with the syllabic value šá, especially in the place of NITÛ(ša) which is often a relative pronoun.
ga-šá-an, like ù-mu-un (line 1), stands for bêlu, meaning “lord”, and is a phonetic version of gašan typically represented by GÊŠPU-GUNÛ (Br. 6989 and MSL. p. 129). Here, ga is just a syllable (refer to lines 4 and 12 for more discussion). ŠÁ is an ancient symbol; in this context, it’s from the Old Babylonian era and closely resembles the linear version. The sign is frequently found in Assyrian, carrying the syllabic value šá, particularly used in place of NITÛ(ša), which often functions as a relative pronoun.
nu-um-ti (see on line 16).
nu-um-ti (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ab-da should evidently be ab-da-me-en (see line 16).
ab-da should obviously be ab-da-me-en (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
O mighty one, dread of heaven, royal one indeed thou art!
O mighty one, fearsome in heaven, you really are royal!
e-lum equals kabtu (Br. 5888), and appears to stand for elim which also equals kabtu (Br. 8885). lum is clearly syllabic here, but the sign, old Babylonian here, is indicative of plant-growth, consisting of waving lines.
e-lum equals kabtu (Br. 5888) and seems to represent elim, which also equals kabtu (Br. 8885). lum is clearly a syllable in this context, but the sign, which is Old Babylonian here, suggests plant growth, consisting of wavy lines.
nì equals puluḥtu, “fear”, here (see on line 1).
nì means puluḥtu, "fear", in this context (see on line 1).
an-na: an equaling šamê, “heavens”, is a value of ANÛ attested by the phonetic complement na. The sign ANÛ in our text is old Babylonian and is the same as the original ideogram of the star, except that wedges have taken the place of straight lines. In our Hymn to Adad (CT. XV, Tablet 29631) the transition from the Babylonian to the Assyrian ANÛ may be clearly seen all on one page, wedges however are used, not straight lines. There is the original form, there is the Assyrian form, and there are intermediate forms enough to show how the Babylonian star passes into the Assyrian ANÛ. The NANÛ of our text may be found exactly in the Brick of Ur-Gur (CT. XXI, Tablet 90000, plate 8). In Nebuchadrezzar I. (CT. IX, Tablet 92987), the internal horizontals have disappeared, but the sign has not fully reached the Assyrian NANÛ.
an-na: an which equals šamê, “heavens”, represents a value of ANÛ confirmed by the phonetic complement na. The ANÛ sign in our text is from the Old Babylonian period and resembles the original ideogram for the star, with wedges replacing straight lines. In our Hymn to Adad (CT. XV, Tablet 29631), you can clearly see the shift from the Babylonian ANÛ to the Assyrian ANÛ all on one page, although wedges are used instead of straight lines. The original form exists, the Assyrian form is present, and there are plenty of intermediate forms to illustrate the evolution of the Babylonian star into the Assyrian ANÛ. The NANÛ in our text can be found exactly in the Brick of Ur-Gur (CT. XXI, Tablet 90000, plate 8). In Nebuchadrezzar I. (CT. IX, Tablet 92987), the internal horizontals have vanished, but the sign has not completely transformed into the Assyrian NANÛ.
a-kad: perhaps this word a-kad is a loan-word from the Assyrian ekdu. It is better to take a as a vocalic abstract prefix and to consider kad as the root. There are three signs that give this value kad (Br. 1364, 1365 and 2700). The sign GADU means kitû, “clothing material” (Br. 2704 and WH. 361; see also MSL. p. 114). The context alone suggests here that some idea of power may be expected in the word a-kad. Perhaps royal power is meant, which could be symbolically represented by a garment, especially a royal robe.
a-kad: this term a-kad might come from the Assyrian ekdu. It's more accurate to see a as a vocalic abstract prefix and consider kad as the root. There are three symbols that convey this meaning of kad (Br. 1364, 1365, and 2700). The symbol GADU refers to kitû, which means “clothing material” (Br. 2704 and WH. 361; see also MSL. p. 114). The context suggests that some notion of power is implied in the word a-kad. It may refer to royal power, potentially symbolized by a garment, especially a royal robe.
za-da no doubt stands for za-e-da and would be equal to “thou thyself”, “thou indeed” (see line 16).
za-da clearly represents za-e-da and translates to “you yourself” or “you indeed” (see line 16).
šá in Sumerian may represent the Assyrian lû, “verily”, (Br. 7047). šá, simply as a syllable, occurs above (see line 17).
šá in Sumerian might correspond to the Assyrian lû, meaning “truly” (Br. 7047). šá, as just a syllable, appears above (see line 17).
mu-e-da-mal is a verb. mu is an indeterminate verbal prefix. Whether it is first, second or third person may be determined by the context. Here, however, the za-da of the context shows mu to be second person (see on line 1). e here is a verbal infix, corroborative in character (see MSL. p. XXIV, also lines 3 and 14). da is also a verbal infix (see line 16). mal equals bašû, “to be”, (Br. 2238).
mu-e-da-mal is a verb. mu is an unspecified verbal prefix. Whether it indicates the first, second, or third person depends on the context. Here, however, the za-da in the context shows mu to be second person (see on line 1). e here is a verbal infix that reinforces meaning (see MSL. p. XXIV, also lines 3 and 14). da is also a verbal infix (see line 16). mal equals bašû, “to be,” (Br. 2238).
19. dimmer Mu-ul-lil u en(?) dimmer-ri-ne za-da šá mu-e-da-mal
19. dimmer Mu-ul-lil u en(?) dimmer-ri-ne za-da šá mu-e-da-mal
O Bêl, very lord of gods thou indeed art!
O Bel, you truly are the greatest of the gods!
dimmer-ri-ne means “gods”. ri is a phonetic complement; ne is a purely phonetic plural ending used both for nouns and verbs (see SVA. p. 69).
dimmer-ri-ne means “gods.” ri is a phonetic complement; ne is a purely phonetic plural ending used for both nouns and verbs (see SVA. p. 69).
za-da šá mu-e-da-mal (see line 18).
za-da šá mu-e-da-mal (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
20. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil mu-lu gu má-má-me-en mu-lu se má-má-me-en
20. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil mu-lu gu má-má-me-en mu-lu se má-má-me-en
O father Bêl, who causest vegetation to sprout, who causest grain to grow!
O Father Bêl, who makes plants grow, who causes grain to thrive!
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see on lines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
mu-lu is a phonetic representation of mulu (Br. 6398). mulu is ES; EK would be gulu (Br. 6395). mu-lu frequently means the Assyrian relative pronoun ša (Br. 6406).
mu-lu is a phonetic representation of mulu (Br. 6398). mulu is ES; EK would be gulu (Br. 6395). mu-lu often refers to the Assyrian relative pronoun ša (Br. 6406).
gu: GÛ is a composite sign whose original parts are NI and BE and which means “full of death”. According to the derivation, GÛ then may be read as “destruction” (MSL. p. 156). GÛ has also an Assyrian equivalent gû meaning “plant”, “vegetation” (Br. 11138 and HW. p. 582). The consideration of GÛ as meaning “vegetation” looks only on the perishable side of the object. The sign has few values. Here, it is clearly old Babylonian resembling the linear form.
gu: GÛ is a composite sign made up of NI and BE, meaning "full of death." From this derivation, GÛ can also be interpreted as "destruction" (MSL. p. 156). GÛ has an Assyrian equivalent gû that means "plant" or "vegetation" (Br. 11138 and HW. p. 582). When GÛ is considered to mean "vegetation," it focuses only on the fragile aspect of the object. The sign has limited values. Here, it is clearly old Babylonian, resembling the linear form.
má-má-me-en here equals aṣû, “go out”, used of plants and trees (Br. 4303). The more generally used word for aṣû is ê (UD.DU) (see on line 15).
má-má-me-en here means aṣû, “go out”, referring to plants and trees (Br. 4303). The more commonly used term for aṣû is ê (UD.DU) (see on line 15).
še: the sign is old Babylonian here. Its most common Assyrian equivalent is šê’u, “grain” (see line 1). If we gave Û-UM the broader meaning of “production”, at the same time reading GÛ as “destruction”, we would have the fine antithetical parallelism: “O father Bêl, who bringest forth destruction and who bringest forth production.” Such a reading would give quite correctly the course of thought, for Bêl is god of the atmosphere, lord of the clouds, and commander of the rain-storms which are either sources of growth on earth or of ruin. On the other hand, the translation which I have adopted seems perhaps preferable.
še: the symbol is ancient Babylonian here. Its most common Assyrian equivalent is šê’u, meaning “grain” (see line 1). If we interpret Û-UM to mean “production”, while understanding GÛ as “destruction”, we would have a nice antithetical parallel: “O father Bêl, who brings forth destruction and who brings forth production.” Such an interpretation would accurately reflect the thought process, since Bêl is the god of the atmosphere, the lord of the clouds, and the master of rain-storms, which can either result in growth on earth or cause ruin. However, the translation I have selected may be more suitable.
21. dimmer Mu-ul-lil me-lam-zu gúr-ra ha-mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mu-ul-lil me-lam-zu gúr-ra ha-mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne
O Bêl, before the great glory may they be (in fear?)!
O Bel, before the great glory may they be (in fear?)!
me-lam-zu: from the combination of ME and LAM we get the Assyrian melammu, “glory”. me: MIMÛ with the value išib 39 means ellu, “bright” (see line 16 for further comment). lam: one of the values of IZÛ, seems to equal išâtu, “flame”, but the usual value of IZÛ for išâtu is bil (see line 6, de), me-lam literally means “bright flame”. zu, besides being an ideogram for idû, “know”, is the usual pronominal suffix of the second person singular (see on zu, line 1), as in this passage.
me-lam-zu: by combining ME and LAM, we get the Assyrian melammu, meaning “glory”. me: MIMÛ with the value išib 39 means ellu, “bright” (see line 16 for further comment). lam: one of the values of IZÛ seems to equal išâtu, “flame”, but the usual value of IZÛ for išâtu is bil (see line 6, de), thus me-lam literally means “bright flame”. zu, apart from being an ideogram for idû, “know”, is the common second person singular pronominal suffix (see on zu, line 1), as seen in this passage.
gúr-ra gives a good sense, though the signs resemble KU and RA giving šù-ra, a double postposition. The text however is defective. gúr-ra equals kabtu (Br. 10183), making the phrase read “before thy great glory”. gúr: KIL also has the value gurun equal to ebnu, “fruit” (Br. 10179). ra (see on line 3).
gúr-ra makes sense, even though the signs look like KU and RA, giving šù-ra, a double postposition. However, the text is incomplete. gúr-ra is equivalent to kabtu (Br. 10183), which means the phrase reads “before thy great glory.” gúr: KIL also has the value gurun equivalent to ebnu, meaning “fruit” (Br. 10179). ra (see on line 3).
ḥa: KÙA is the usual Sumerian sign used with a verb, to give a precative sense as here. The sign here is old Babylonian and resembles the pictorial form which is clearly that of “a fish” (see on line 22). The original pictorial figure is one of the few to be found in which curved lines predominate.
ḥa: KÙA is the typical Sumerian symbol combined with a verb to create a requesting meaning, as seen here. The sign displayed is in old Babylonian and resembles the picture of "a fish" (see on line 22). This original pictorial representation is one of the rare examples where curved lines are more prominent.
mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne: strangely enough the verb seems to be omitted in the sentence of this line. Perhaps the omission is due to scribal error. mu is a verbal prefix of the third person here (see on line 18). ni-ib is a verbal infix (see MSL. p. XXXIII). The infixes are generally personally indeterminate. They incorporate, between the verbal prefixes that represent the subject and the verb, the object in pronominal form, whether it be direct or indirect. ni-ib really equals “before it”. The translation disregards ni-ib for the sake of smoothness. ni (see on line 13). ib stands to ni as postposition to pronoun. The sign for ib is old Babylonian; it is really composite and signifies “side”. ne-ne is a personal pronoun of the third person (see ASK. p. 139). ne is syllabic here (see de, line 6, about its ideographic value; also lam, line 21).
mu-ni-ib-( )-ne-ne: oddly enough, the verb seems to be missing in this sentence. The omission might be a scribal error. mu is a third-person verbal prefix here (see on line 18). ni-ib is a verbal infix (see MSL. p. XXXIII). Infixes are generally personal and indeterminate. They incorporate the object in pronominal form, whether direct or indirect, between the verbal prefixes representing the subject and the verb. ni-ib essentially means “before it.” The translation leaves out ni-ib for the sake of flow. ni (see on line 13). ib relates to ni as a postposition relates to a pronoun. The sign for ib is Old Babylonian; it is actually composite and means “side.” ne-ne is a third-person personal pronoun (see ASK. p. 139). ne is syllabic here (see de, line 6, regarding its ideographic value; also lam, line 21).
The birds of the heavens and the fish of the sea are filled with fear of thee!
The birds in the sky and the fish in the sea are terrified of you!
ḥu-e equals iṣṣuru, “bird”. ḥu: simple ḥu is used elsewhere for iṣṣûru. The sign MUŠÊNNU here is old Babylonian. The archaic form is supposed to be the picture of a bird in flight. mušên, another value of MUŠÊNNU, also means “bird”. e is not a necessary part of the word, being here only a vowel of prolongation probably indicating the definite article (see lines 3 and 14).
ḥu-e means iṣṣuru, which translates to “bird.” ḥu: the simple ḥu is used in other contexts for iṣṣûru. The sign MUŠÊNNU here is from old Babylonian times. The older version is thought to represent a bird in flight. mušên, another interpretation of MUŠÊNNU, also means “bird.” The e is not essential to the word; it serves only as a prolongation vowel, likely indicating the definite article (see lines 3 and 14).
an-na (see on line 18).
an-na (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ḥa-e equals nûnu, “fish”. ḥa alone equals nûnu (see on line 21). e serves the same purpose as in ḥu-e.
ḥa-e equals nûnu, “fish.” ḥa alone equals nûnu (see on line 21). e serves the same purpose as in ḥu-e.
ṭú-ra equals apsû, “sea”. ṭú alone equals apsû (Br. 10217). ra may be taken as a sign of the genitive (see on line 3).
ṭú-ra means apsû, “sea”. ṭú by itself also means apsû (Br. 10217). ra can be understood as a marker of the genitive (see on line 3).
šà-nì equals “in the midst of fear”. šà: ŠÂGU, with the 40 value šà, equal to libbu or kirbu, is one of the few Sumerian prepositions. It precedes its object as a noun in the construct state, nì (see on line 18).
šà-nì means “in the midst of fear”. šà: ŠÂGU, with the 40 value šà, equivalent to libbu or kirbu, is one of the few Sumerian prepositions. It comes before its object as a noun in the construct state, nì (see on line 18).
ma-ni-ib-si consists of prefix, infix and verb. ma is not a very common verbal prefix. It is indeterminate, but the sense requires the third person (see MSL. p. XXIV). ni-ib is second person here (see on line 21). si: the most common meaning of si is malû, “fill”. The sign is Babylonian and can be found either in the Code of Ḥammurabi or the Cyrus Cylinder.
ma-ni-ib-si is made up of a prefix, infix, and verb. ma isn't a very common verbal prefix. Its meaning is unclear, but it indicates the third person (see MSL. p. XXIV). ni-ib refers to the second person here (see on line 21). si: the most common meaning of si is malû, which means “fill”. This sign is Babylonian and can be found in either the Code of Ḥammurabi or the Cyrus Cylinder.
23. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li da-da maḥ mu-e-gin sag-e-zi si-ba-e e-nab
23. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li da-da maḥ mu-e-gin sag-e-zi si-ba-e e-nab
O father Bêl, in great strength thou goest, the head of life, the shepherd of the stars!
O Father Bêl, in great strength you go, the source of life, the shepherd of the stars!
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li (see on line 2). li is merely phonetic complement. We might give it an ideographic value and connect it with da-da and render “abundant in strength”. The common meaning of LILÛ is rašû, “abound”. With the value gub, however, it means ellu, “bright”. The sign is old Babylonian, yet quite different from the archaic linear form.
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li (see on line 2). li is just a phonetic addition. We could assign it an ideographic value and link it with da-da to mean “abundant in strength”. The usual meaning of LILÛ is rašû, “abound”. However, with the value gub, it signifies ellu, “bright”. The sign is from old Babylonian, but it looks quite different from the old linear form.
da-da means “strength” (see on line 16).
da-da means "strength" (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
maḥ has three common Assyrian equivalents, ma’adu, “many”, rabû, “great” and ṣîru, “high”. maḥ here equals rabû. There is still another Assyrian equivalent, maḥḥu which must be a loanword in Semitic.
maḥ has three common Assyrian equivalents, ma’adu, “many”, rabû, “great” and ṣîru, “high”. maḥ here equals rabû. There is still another Assyrian equivalent, maḥḥu which must be a loanword in Semitic.
e-nab is naturally treated as though e were a vocalic prefix and nab the root. e as an abstract prefix, no doubt, is possible (MSL. p. XVII). nab: instead of NABBU, perhaps the sign is ANA-ÊŠŠÊKU with the last component omitted; then the value should be mul, equal to kakkabâni, “stars”, and the clause reads: “shepherd of the stars”. e may equal mû “water” (see line 14), and nab may equal šamû, “heaven”; then we have the reading: “shepherd of the water of heaven”.
e-nab is naturally considered with e as a vocalic prefix and nab as the root. e as an abstract prefix is certainly possible (MSL. p. XVII). nab: instead of NABBU, it might be represented as ANA-ÊŠŠÊKU with the last part left out; in that case, the value should be mul, which is the same as kakkabâni, meaning “stars”, and the phrase then reads: “shepherd of the stars”. e might equal mû meaning “water” (see line 14), and nab might equal šamû, meaning “heaven”; this gives us the reading: “shepherd of the water of heaven”.
24. ù-mu-un ka na-àm-gá iz-ba eri ga mu-e-gin gín si-ti šù-me-a
24. ù-mu-un ka na-àm-gá iz-ba eri ga mu-e-gin gín si-ti šù-me-a
O lord, the mouth of production thou openest, as a prolific city thou goest, the reed of the fulness of life thou art!
O Lord, you open the gates of creation, moving like a thriving city, you are the source of life's abundance!
ù-mu-un (line 1).
u-mun (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
iz-ba is a verb. iz is an indeterminate prefix, shown by the context to be of the second person. ba equals pitû, “open”. The sign is old Babylonian. The archaic form of the sign signified “divide”.
iz-ba is a verb. iz is an uncertain prefix, indicating the second person based on context. ba means pitû, “open.” The sign is from old Babylonian. The ancient version of the sign meant “divide.”
eri (see on line 13).
eri (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ga (see line 12). ga can be used as an adjective meaning “prolific”, one of the derived ideas of ga as “milk”.
ga (see line 12). ga can be used as an adjective meaning “productive,” one of the derived ideas of ga as “milk.”
mu-e-gin (see line 23).
mu-e-gin (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
gín equals ḳanû, “reed”. The sign is sometimes followed by the phonetic complement na. The sign is old Babylonian.
gín equals ḳanû, “reed”. The sign is sometimes followed by the phonetic complement na. The sign is from old Babylonian.
si equals “fulness” (see on line 22).
si means “fulness” (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ti-šù means “unto life”. ti (see line 16); the sign here, however, really resembles BALA which primarily means “breaking into”. Then we have the derived meaning palû, “weapon”, then “insignia of royal authority”, and consequently “rule”, “government”. If we read bal instead of ti, then Bêl is “a full reed unto royalty”, which makes little sense. šù (see line 15).
ti-šù means “to life.” ti (see line 16); however, the sign here actually resembles BALA, which mainly means “breaking into.” Then we have the derived meaning palû, “weapon,” then “insignia of royal authority,” and therefore “rule,” “government.” If we read bal instead of ti, then Bêl is “a full reed to royalty,” which doesn’t make much sense. šù (see line 15).
25. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag zi sag nê-la šú ti ba-ni-ib-ag
25. a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag zi sag nê-la šú ti ba-ni-ib-ag
O father Bêl, the head of life, the head of strength, the power of life thou makest thyself!
O Father Bêl, the source of life, the source of strength, you make yourself the power of life!
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see lines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). sag (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
šú equals ḳâtu, “hand”. The sign also has a value kád which is evidently derived from the Semitic ḳâtu.
šú is equal to ḳâtu, which means “hand.” The sign also has a value of kád, clearly derived from the Semitic ḳâtu.
ti (see on line 24). If we read the sign as TIL, then Bêl is “the power of life”. If we read BALA, then Bêl is “the power of royalty”, signifying perhaps that royal authority is vested in Bêl.
ti (see on line 24). If we interpret the sign as TIL, then Bêl means “the power of life”. If we interpret it as BALA, then Bêl means “the power of royalty,” possibly indicating that royal authority is granted by Bêl.
ba-ni-ib-ag is a verb, ba is an indeterminate verbal prefix, but is much used for the second person (MSL. p. XXVI). ni-ib (see on line 21). ag equals epêšu, “make”. The sign is old Babylonian.
ba-ni-ib-ag is a verb, ba is an uncertain verbal prefix, but it's often used for the second person (MSL. p. XXVI). ni-ib (see on line 21). ag means epêšu, “make”. The sign is from Old Babylonian.
26. šú-gil niš-ĭa mu-bi im
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ šú-gil niš-ĭa mu-bi im
Altogether there are twenty-five lines in the tablet.
Altogether, there are twenty-five lines on the tablet.
šú-gil equals napḥaru, “what is collected”, “totality”, “entirety”. šú is a prefix to the causative stem (see on line 25). gil equals paḥâru, “collect”.
šú-gil is equivalent to napḥaru, meaning “what is gathered,” “total,” or “complete.” šú serves as a prefix for the causative stem (refer to line 25). gil corresponds to paḥâru, which means “to collect.”
nišĭa: the signs for the numerals twenty and five are the same as in Assyrian, niš is the Sumerian numeral for “twenty”. ĭa is the Sumerian numeral for “five”.
nišĭa: the symbols for the numbers twenty and five are the same as in Assyrian, niš is the Sumerian number for “twenty”. ĭa is the Sumerian number for “five”.
mu-bi im: mu-bi equals “his name”, each line of the Hymn being considered a name of Bêl. In our translation we may read “its lines”. im, the same sign as nì (line 1). im is sometimes equal to ṭîṭu, “clay”, or duppu, “tablet”.
mu-bi im: mu-bi means “his name”, with each line of the Hymn being viewed as a name of Bêl. In our translation, we can say “its lines”. im, the same symbol as nì (line 1). im can also mean ṭîṭu, “clay”, or duppu, “tablet”.
27. êr(A.ŠI) lim(b)-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ êr(A.ŠI) lim(b)-ma
Hymn of praise.
Praise song.
êr is a value derived from two signs, A and ŠI, taken together. The most common meaning of the value is bikîtu, “lamentation”, or “song” (see i-de, line 6).
êr is a value coming from two symbols, A and ŠI, combined. The most typical meaning of this value is bikîtu, “lamentation” or “song” (see i-de, line 6).
lim-ma: the phonetic complement ma indicates that the preceding value should end with m. Dr. Lau regards this as the sign lib(m) = kûru, “woe”, (Br. 7271); hence êr-lim-ma would mean a penitential psalm.
lim-ma: the phonetic complement ma shows that the preceding value should end with m. Dr. Lau sees this as the sign lib(m) = kûru, “woe”, (Br. 7271); therefore, êr-lim-ma would refer to a penitential psalm.
Chapter II
Tablet 13930, Plates 16 and 17, Hymn to Sin
Obverse
1. mà-gur(ḤAR) azag an-na še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-te-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mà-gur(ḤAR) azag an-na še-ir-ma-al nì(IM)-te-na
O shining ship of the heavens, majestic alone!
O shining ship of the skies, majestic all by yourself!
2. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e Šis-unu-ki-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer this-ki à-mu-un-e this-unu-ki-ma
O father Nannar, lord of Ur!
O father Nannar, king of Ur!
3. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e È(BIT)-ner-nu-gál(IG)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer This-ki ù-mu-un-e È(BIT)-ner-nu-gál(IG)
O father Nannar, lord of E-gišširgal!
O Father Nannar, lord of E-gišširgal!
4. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud
O father Nannar, lord of Namraṣit!
O Father Nannar, lord of Namraṣit!
5. ù-mu-un dimmer Šis-ki ṭú-mu sag dingir En-lil-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un dimmer Šis-ki ṭú-mu sag dingir En-lil-lá
O lord Nannar, chief son of Bêl!
O Lord Nannar, chief son of Bel!
6. síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ lead the way, lead the way
When thou art full, when thou art full,
When you are full, when you are full,
7. i-de(NE) a-a-zu i-de(NE) dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ i-de(NE) a-a-zu i-de(NE) dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
When before thy father, before Bêl thou art sovereign,
When you're in front of your father, before Bel, you are in charge,
8. a-a dimmer Šis-ki še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne gaba zi(g)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer This-ki still-ma still-you-can-see gaba zi(g)-you-can-see
O father Nannar, when thou art sovereign, when thou liftest up the breast,
O father Nannar, when you are in charge, when you raise the breast,
9. mà-gur(ḤAR) an-šàg(LIB)-ga síg(DIRIG)-ga še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mà-gur(ḤAR) an-šàg(LIB)-ga síg(DIRIG)-ga še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
O ship in the midst of the heavens, when thou art full and sovereign,
O ship in the middle of the sky, when you are full and powerful,
10. a-a dimmer Šis-ki za-e éš(AB) azag-šù(KU) pa(d)-a-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki za-e éš(AB) azag-šù(KU) pa(d)-a-zu-ne
O father Nannar, thou, when thou speakest to the shining house,
O Father Nannar, when you speak to the shining house,
11. a-a dimmer Šis-ki mà-dim êgâ(A.MI.A) síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki mà-dim êgâ(A.MI.A) síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
O father Nannar, when like a ship on the tide thou art full,
O Father Nannar, when you are full like a ship on the tide,
12. síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne za-e síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ lead me direct us lead us
When thou art full, when thou art full, thou, when thou art full,
When you are full, when you are full, you, when you are full,
13. síg(DIRlG)-ga-zu-ne bi-šag-a-zu-ne za-e síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ síg(DIRlG)-ga-zu-ne bi-šag-a-zu-ne za-e síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
When thou art full, when thou speakest favorably, thou when thou art full,
When you are full, when you speak favorably, you when you are full,
14. bi-šag-a rù(UL)-ti-a-zu-ne za-e síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bi-šag-a rù(UL)-ti-a-zu-ne za-e síg(DIRIG)-ga-zu-ne
When thou speakest graciously and engenderest life, thou, when thou art full!
When you speak kindly and create life, you, when you are fulfilled!
15. a-a dimmer Šis-ki lid damal lid-ne-ra sal-dug(KA)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki lid damal lid-ne-ra sal-dug(KA)-ga-zu-ne
O father Nannar of extensive progeny, when thou speakest to that progeny,
O Father Nannar with many descendants, when you speak to those descendants,
16. a-a-zu ide(ŠI) ḥùl-la mu-e-ši-in-maš sal-zi ma-ra ni-in-gú(KA)
16. a-a-zu ide(ŠI) ḥùl-la mu-e-ši-in-maš sal-zi ma-ra ni-in-gú(KA)
Thy father discerns the joyful face and speaks life to the land.
Your father sees the happy face and brings life to the land.
17. e i-i lugal-ra û(d) (UD)-de(NE)-eš e mu-un-ê(UD.DU)
17. e i-i lugal-ra û(d) (UD)-de(NE)-eš e mu-un-ê(UD.DU)
As an exalted royal command, daily he causes the word to go forth!
As a high royal order, he makes sure the word goes out every day!
18. dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li mu-du-ru û-sud-du šú-za ma-ra ni-in-rù(UL)
18. dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li mu-du-ru û-sud-du šú-za ma-ra ni-in-rù(UL)
Bel with the sceptre of distant days exalts thy hand over the land.
Bel with the scepter of ancient times lifts your hand over the land.
19. Šis-unu-ki-ma mà-gur(ḤAR) azag-ga pa(d)-a-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ This-is-ki-my agreement(ḤAR) to your request
When in Ur, O shining ship, thou speakest,
When you're in Ur, O shining ship, you speak,
20. .. dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e sal-dug(KA)-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ .. dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e sal-dug(KA)-ga-zu-ne
When to .. Ea thou speakest,
When you talk,
21. ............ [pa(d)]-a-zu[-ne]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ............ [pad(d)]-a-zu[-ne]
When ..... thou speakest,
When you speak,
Reverse
22. ....................
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ....................
....................
I'm sorry, but there’s no text provided for me to modernize. Please provide a piece of text for assistance.
23. .............. lal a im[-si]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ .............. lal a im[-si]
............... with water is filled.
............... with water is full.
24. ............ gi a im-si
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ............ give a hand
............ with water is filled.
............ filled with water.
25. ìd(A.ṬÚ) ....... e a im-si dimmer [Šis-ki-kam]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ìd(A.ṬÚ) ....... e a im-si dimmer [Šis-ki-kam]
The river ...... is filled with water by Nannar.
The river ...... is filled with water by Nannar.
26. azag-gi ìd(A.ṬÚ) ud-kib-nun-na-ge(KIT) a im-si [dimmer Šis-ki-kam]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag-gi ìd(A.ṬÚ) ud-kib-nun-na-ge(KIT) a im-si [dimmer Šis-ki-kam]
The bright Euphrates is filled with water by Nannar.
The bright Euphrates is filled with water by Nannar.
27. ìd(A.ṬÚ) nu e-bi láḥ-e a im-si dimmer Šis-ki-kam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ìd(A.ṬÚ) nu e-bi láḥ-e a im-si dimmer Šis-ki-kam
The empty river is filled with water by Nannar.
The empty river is filled with water by Nannar.
28. sug maḥ sug ban(TUR)-da a im-si dimmer Šis-ki-kam
28. sug maḥ sug ban(TUR)-da a im-si dimmer Šis-ki-kam
The large marsh, the little marsh is filled with water by Nannar.
The big marsh, the small marsh is filled with water by Nannar.
29. ér(A.ŠI) lim(LIB)-ma dimmer En-zu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ér(A.ŠI) lim(LIB)-ma dimmer En-zu
Penitential Psalm to En-zu.
Penitential Psalm for En-zu.
This beautiful and interesting hymn begins with a picturesque and lordly epithet of the god whose full face so often shone upon the worshipper night by night. His fatherly nature and his full-orbed glory are dwelt upon in adoring and glowing terms. The name of his city and temple are mentioned. His power to lighten the world is acknowledged. His peculiar relation of “son to Bêl” is announced. The phenomenon of his appearance in the heavens as the full moon is described to us from several points of view. This is the famous Nannar, dwelling in the temple of E-gišširgal at the ancient city of Ur. The sacred ship, becoming a peculiar emblem in Babylonian worship, symbolized several important ideas connected with Nannar’s transit through the heavens by night or during the month. Perhaps Nannar was in the beginning a water-god. His power over the waters is graphically described.
This beautiful and fascinating hymn starts with a vivid and grand title for the god whose full face often illuminated the worshipper night after night. His fatherly nature and radiant glory are expressed in reverent and passionate language. The name of his city and temple is mentioned. His ability to bring light to the world is recognized. His special relationship of “son to Bêl” is declared. His appearance in the sky as the full moon is depicted from various perspectives. This is the renowned Nannar, residing in the temple of E-gišširgal in the ancient city of Ur. The sacred ship, which became a distinctive symbol in Babylonian worship, represented several important ideas linked to Nannar’s journey through the night sky or throughout the month. Nannar may have originally been a water god. His control over the waters is vividly described.
Obverse
1. mà-gur azag an-na še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the poem is beautiful to read
O shining ship of the heavens, majestic by thyself!
O shining ship of the skies, majestic on your own!
mà-gur is a boat of crescent form. Sin is a man sitting in the half circle of the moon and sailing across the firmament of the heavens as in a majestic ship. mà: the sign MÙ was originally pictorial and represented the rudder of the ship. The sign of our tablet is New-Babylonian and can be found in the inscriptions of Nebuchadrezzar II. It is half way between the old pictorial and the usual Assyrian MÙ. gur: the sign ḤAR probably refers to the body of the ship as “an enclosure”, or more particularly to “the crescent form” of the ship, since ḤAR means “circular enclosure”. The ḤAR of our text is much like the linear form found in the Stèle des Vautours.
mà-gur is a crescent-shaped boat. Sin is a figure sitting in the half circle of the moon, sailing through the heavens like a grand ship. mà: the sign MÙ originally depicted the rudder of the ship. The sign on our tablet is New-Babylonian and can be found in the inscriptions of Nebuchadrezzar II. It’s a blend between the old pictorial and the standard Assyrian MÙ. gur: the sign ḤAR likely refers to the body of the ship as “an enclosure,” or more specifically to “the crescent shape” of the ship, since ḤAR means “circular enclosure.” The ḤAR in our text resembles the linear form seen in the Stèle des Vautours.
azag equals ellu, “shining”, (Br. 9890). The sign also has the value ku with the meaning ellu. azag, “shining”, refers to the moon and the moon looks like a ship.
azag means ellu, “shining”, (Br. 9890). The symbol also represents ku with the meaning ellu. azag, “shining”, refers to the moon, which looks like a ship.
an-na (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18).
an-na (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). The ideas of these two words find their way into the first line of the Ašurbânipal Hymn to Sin, K. 2861, (IV R. 9). še-ir-ma-al appears especially as ner-gal (š-n and m-g) and nì-te-na as aš-ni maḥ-àm; e-diš-ši-šu ṣi-i-ru.
še-ir-ma-al nì-te-na (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). The concepts behind these two terms appear in the first line of the Ašurbânipal Hymn to Sin, K. 2861, (IV R. 9). še-ir-ma-al is especially represented as ner-gal (š-n and m-g) and nì-te-na as aš-ni maḥ-àm; e-diš-ši-šu ṣi-i-ru.
2. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e Šis-unu-ki-ma
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer this-ki you-mu-un-e this-one-ki-ma
O father Nannar, lord of Ur!
O Father Nannar, Lord of Ur!
a-a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
a-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Šis-ki is the most common Sumerian name of the god Sin, and means “brother of the land”. Sin was probably looked upon as “the helper of earth”. dimmer (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Šis equals aḥu, “brother”, (Br. 6437). ŠIŠ sometimes has the value uru, especially when it means naṣâru, “keep”. The ŠIŠ of our hymn is New-Babylonian but is not essentially different from the ŠIŠ of Gudea. ki (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9).
dimmer Šis-ki is the most common Sumerian name for the god Sin, meaning "brother of the land." Sin was likely viewed as "the helper of earth." dimmer (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Šis equals aḥu, "brother," (Br. 6437). ŠIŠ sometimes has the value uru, especially when it means naṣâru, "keep." The ŠIŠ in our hymn is New-Babylonian, but it is not essentially different from the ŠIŠ of Gudea. ki (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9).
ù-mu-un-e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
ù-mu-un-e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
Šis-unu-ki-ma means “of the brother’s dwelling place”. Šis means “brother”. unu equals šubtu, “dwelling”, (Br. 4792). ma, perhaps, can be taken as a sign of the genitive, being dialectic for ga, which is for ge, one of the values of KIT (see MSL. pp. XI and XVI). Perhaps we ought to read this word Uru-um-ki-ma, taking the other value of ŠIŠ and also reading um instead of unu. In texts of OBI. it would appear that UNU is closely related to UM as well as to AB.
Šis-unu-ki-ma means “of the brother’s place of residence”. Šis means “brother”. unu is equivalent to šubtu, “dwelling”, (Br. 4792). ma, possibly, can be interpreted as a sign of possession, being a dialect form of ga, which is a variant of ge, one of the meanings of KIT (see MSL. pp. XI and XVI). We might need to read this word as Uru-um-ki-ma, considering the other meaning of ŠIŠ and also interpreting um instead of unu. In OBI texts, it seems that UNU is closely connected to UM as well as to AB.
3. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e È(BIT)-ner-nu-gál(IG)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e È(BIT)-ner-nu-gál(IG)
O father Nannar, lord of E-gišširgal!
O Father Nannar, Lord of E-gishirgal!
a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e (see line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un-e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
È-ner-nu-gál is not the usual spelling. The more common form is È-giš-šir-gal. Our È(BIT)-ner(NER)-nu(NU)-gál(IG) which also occurs in Ḥammurabi (for example, in CḤ. Col. II, line 21, Plate II) is dialectic for È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL). È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL) is the spelling found in the Ašurbânipal Hymn. In the inscription of the Clay Cylinder of Nabonidus found at Ur (Col. I, line 30), the spelling is È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL), but the margin has the spelling È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-nu(NU)-gál(IG). È equals bîtu, “house”, (Br. 6238). ner evidently stands for kiš. These two values, ner and kiš, were represented by the same sign in old Babylonian; namely, PIRIḲḲU. From the sign PIRIḲḲU, there developed in Assyrian another sign, whose chief 46 value is kiš with the meaning kiššatu. The sign here then should have the value kiš, or in old Babylonian giš, which is also one of the values of GISSU, a determinative before the name of a light. nu is for šir which equals nûru, “light”. IṢ.ŠIR is a common ideogram for “light”. The interchange of NU and SIRU is not so easy to explain. The fact that NU instead of SIRU occurs in the name of the temple in the time of Ḥammurabi would go to show that the spelling of the word with NU is more primitive than the spelling with SIRU. Perhaps NU has a value šir. Brünnow recognizes the fact that NU in the name of the temple sometimes takes the place of SIRU (see Br. 2005 and 1657). There is a difference between IḲU and GALLU. IḲU equals bašû, while GALLU equals rabû. The gal (ES mal) of IḲU must be different from the gal of GALLU.
È-ner-nu-gál isn't the typical spelling. The more common version is È-giš-šir-gal. Our È(BIT)-ner(NER)-nu(NU)-gál(Instagram), which also appears in Ḥammurabi (for instance, in CḤ. Col. II, line 21, Plate II), is a dialect variation of È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL). The spelling È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL) is found in the Ašurbânipal Hymn. In the inscription on the Clay Cylinder of Nabonidus discovered at Ur (Col. I, line 30), the spelling is È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-šir(ŠIR)-gal(GAL), but the margin shows the spelling È(BIT)-giš(IZ)-nu(NU)-gál(IG). È represents bîtu, meaning “house” (Br. 6238). ner clearly stands for kiš. These two terms, ner and kiš, were indicated by the same sign in old Babylonian: PIRIḲḲU. From the sign PIRIḲḲU, a different sign developed in Assyrian that primarily represents kiš, signifying kiššatu. Therefore, the sign here should have the value kiš, or in old Babylonian giš, which is also one of the meanings of GISSU, used as a determiner before the name of a light. nu represents šir, which equals nûru, “light”. IṢ.ŠIR is a common ideogram for “light”. The switch between NU and SIRU isn’t easy to clarify. The occurrence of NU instead of SIRU in the temple’s name during Ḥammurabi’s time suggests that the spelling with NU is more primitive than with SIRU. Perhaps NU has a value of šir. Brünnow acknowledges that NU in the temple's name sometimes replaces SIRU (see Br. 2005 and 1657). There is a distinction between IḲU and GALLU. IḲU equals bašû, while GALLU equals rabû. The gal (ES mal) of IḲU must be different from the gal of GALLU.
4. a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer This-ki ù-mu-un dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud
O father Nannar, lord of Namraṣit!
O Father Nannar, Lord of Namraṣit!
a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un (see line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki ù-mu-un (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud: one of the citations Brünnow gives, in which the name of this god occurs, is in Incantation K. 3255 (IV R.² 2, 21), where, in the Sumerian as well as in the marginal reading of the Assyrian, Sin is said to be the lord of the god Namraṣit. dimmer En-zu-na en dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud ra-ge = ilu Sin be-el Nam-ra-ṣi-it. Áš-suḥ-ud means “the only foundation of light”. Áš has a very common Assyrian equivalent edu, “one”. suḥ equals išdu, “foundation”, (Br. 4811). ud equals urru, “light”, (see Br. 7798).
dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud: one of the references Brünnow provides, in which the name of this god appears, is in Incantation K. 3255 (IV R.² 2, 21), where it states, in both Sumerian and the sidebar reading of the Assyrian, that Sin is the lord of the god Namraṣit. dimmer En-zu-na en dimmer Áš-suḥ-ud ra-ge = ilu Sin be-el Nam-ra-ṣi-it. Áš-suḥ-ud means “the only foundation of light.” Áš has a very common Assyrian equivalent edu, meaning “one.” suḥ equals išdu, meaning “foundation” (Br. 4811). ud equals urru, meaning “light” (see Br. 7798).
5. ù-mu-un dimmer Šis-ki ṭú-mu sag dingir En-lil-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un dimmer Šis-ki ṭú-mu sag god En-lil-lá
O lord Nannar, chief son of Bêl!
O Lord Nannar, chief son of Bel!
dimmer Šis-ki (see line 2).
dimmer This-ki (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ṭu-mu: ṬU.MU is a syllabic and dialectic form of DUMU (Br. 4069 and 11917). When DUMU stands for mâru, “son”, it is supposed to have the value du (Br. 4081). ṭu-mu is no doubt for dumu and du is a shortened form of dumu. ṭu: the sign may be recognized as old Babylonian appearing in this form in the Code of Ḥammurabi (see also AL. p. 135, No. 328).
ṭu-mu: ṬU.MU is a syllabic and dialectical version of DUMU (Br. 4069 and 11917). When DUMU represents mâru, meaning “son,” it is believed to hold the value du (Br. 4081). ṭu-mu clearly stands for dumu, and du is an abbreviated form of dumu. ṭu: this sign can be identified as old Babylonian, appearing in this form in the Code of Ḥammurabi (see also AL. p. 135, No. 328).
sag (see Hymn to Bêl, line 5). ṭu-mu sag must be equal to some such expression as “first born son”, or “only begotten son”.
sag (see Hymn to Bêl, line 5). ṭu-mu sag must be equivalent to expressions like “firstborn son” or “only begotten son.”
dingir En-lil-lá: in line 7, we shall have dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra and in line 18, dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li. dingir may be preferred to dimmer because the sign is a determinative to an EK form. En-lil-lá consists of the god’s name, En-lil (see Mu-ul-lil in Hymn to Bêl, line 2).
dingir En-lil-lá: in line 7, we will have dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra and in line 18, dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li. dingir might be preferred over dimmer because the sign serves as a determinative to an EK form. En-lil-lá includes the god’s name, En-lil (see Mu-ul-lil in Hymn to Bêl, line 2).
6. síg-ga-zu-ne síg-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sig-ga-zu-ne sig-ga-zu-ne
When thou art full, when thou art full,
When you are full, when you are full,
síg-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equal to ina malîka, “in thy fulness”. síg: the sign to which this value is attached is composite. One element consists of SI whose chief meaning is “fill”. The other element consists of A which means “water”. SI.A then means “full of water”, or “fulness”. The sign, called DIRIGU, has two values ending with g; i. e., dirig related to the sign-name and síg which is quite certainly equal to malû (Br. 3722). ga is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu is a determinate suffix of the second person (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21). ne is a postposition equal to ina (see Br. 4602, also de in Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
síg-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equivalent to ina malîka, “in your fullness”. síg: the sign associated with this value is composite. One part includes SI, which primarily means “fill”. The other part is A, signifying “water”. Together, SI.A means “full of water” or “fulness”. The sign, referred to as DIRIGU, has two values that end with g; namely, dirig linked to the sign-name and síg, which is most likely equivalent to malû (Br. 3722). ga is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu is a definite suffix of the second person (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21). ne is a postposition equivalent to ina (see Br. 4602, also de in Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
7. i-de a-a-zu i-de dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ i-de a-a-zu i-de dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
When before thy father, before Bêl thou art sovereign,
When you stand before your father, before Bêl, you are in charge,
i-de (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6). i-de is a preposition used as a noun in the construct state, having the meaning of maḥru or pânu and equal to ina maḥar or ina pân.
i-de (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6). i-de is a preposition used as a noun in the construct state, meaning maḥru or pânu and equivalent to ina maḥar or ina pân.
a-a-zu equals noun a-a, plus suffix zu. a-a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). zu (see line 6).
a-a-zu is the noun a-a with the suffix zu. a-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). zu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra equals god’s name dimmer Mu-ul-lil, plus phonetic complement ra. dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). ra (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). It might be better to regard lil-ra as a shortened form of lil-lá-ra. lil is quite apt to take the phonetic complement lá, a value of the sign LALLU, while ra is naturally a postposition.
dimmer Mu-ul-lil-ra is the name of the god dimmer Mu-ul-lil, along with the phonetic complement ra. dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). ra (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). It may be more accurate to consider lil-ra as a shortened version of lil-lá-ra. lil often takes the phonetic complement lá, which is a value of the sign LALLU, while ra functions as a natural postposition.
še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equal to “in thy sovereignty”. še-ir-ma-al (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). zu-ne (see line 6).
še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause that means “in your authority”. še-ir-ma-al (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). zu-ne (see line 6).
8. a-a dimmer Šis-ki še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne gaba zi-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne gaba zi-ga-zu-ne
O father Nannar, when thou art sovereign, when thou liftest up thy breast,
O father Nannar, when you are in charge, when you raise your chest,
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne (see line 7).
šē-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
gaba equals irtu, “breast”, (Br. 4470). We have had gaba as an adjective equal to pitû (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
gaba is equivalent to irtu, meaning “breast” (Br. 4470). We have used gaba as an adjective that is equal to pitû (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
zi-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause meaning “in thy lifting up”. zi equals našû, “lift up”, (Br. 2325). We have had zi as equal to kênu, “right”, and napištu, “life”, (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 4 and 25). ga is a phonetic complement. zi might be zig (see Br. 2303 and Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu-ne (see line 6). In gaba zi-ga-zu-ne, perhaps we have the picture of the full moon suddenly rising in the night from the horizon.
zi-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause meaning "in your lifting up." zi translates to našû, "lift up" (Br. 2325). We have seen zi equated with kênu, "right," and napištu, "life" (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 4 and 25). ga serves as a phonetic complement. zi might also be zig (see Br. 2303 and Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu-ne (see line 6). In gaba zi-ga-zu-ne, we might visualize the full moon suddenly rising in the night sky from the horizon.
9. mà-gur an-šàg-ga síg-ga še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mà-gur an-šàg-ga síg-ga še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne
O ship in the midst of the heavens, when thou art full and sovereign,
O ship in the middle of the sky, when you are full and powerful,
mà-gur (see line 1).
mà-gur (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
an-šàg-ga: ŠÂGU is usually taken as a preposition and stands before its object. Here it seems to follow its object, an (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). šàg-ga equals LIB plus GA. šàg: ŠÂGU, equal to libbu, may have either one of three values; viz., šà when not followed by a phonetic complement, šàg when followed by the phonetic complement ga and šàb when followed by the phonetic complement ba (see Br. 7980 and Hymn to Bêl, line 22). ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4).
an-šàg-ga: ŠÂGU is typically considered a preposition and comes before its object. Here, it appears to come after its object, an (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). šàg-ga is the combination of LIB and GA. šàg: ŠÂGU, which is the same as libbu, can have one of three meanings; specifically, šà when there isn’t a following phonetic complement, šàg when followed by the phonetic complement ga, and šàb when followed by the phonetic complement ba (see Br. 7980 and Hymn to Bêl, line 22). ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4).
síg-ga (see line 6).
yes (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne (see line 7).
še-ir-ma-al-la-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
10. a-a dimmer Šis-ki za-e éš azag-šù pa(d)-a-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer This-ki za-e éš azag-šù pa(d)-a-zu-ne
O father Nannar, thou, when thou speakest to the shining house,
O father Nannar, when you speak to the shining house,
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
za-e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
za-e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
éš (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). éš is admittedly a Sumerian value as is shown by its relation to the sign-name ÊŠU. éš is the fuller form of è(BIT). From éš there has arisen a Semitic loan-word ešu, “house”.
éš (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). éš is clearly a Sumerian value, as its connection to the sign-name ÊŠU demonstrates. éš is the more complete version of è (BIT). From éš, a Semitic loanword ešu meaning “house” has developed.
azag-šù means “to the shining”, azag (see line 1). šù (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
azag-šù means “to the shining”, azag (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). šù (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
pa(d)-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause composed of a preposition with an infinitive that governs a suffix, as ina tamîka, “in thy speaking”, i. e., “when thou speakest”. pad is a verb equal to tamû, “speak”. pad also equals zakâru, “to name”. pa, the shortened form of pad, evidently intended here, is sometimes represented by the Assyrian nabû. a is the vowel of prolongation indicating the pa, rather than the pad-value. zu-ne (see line 6).
paBelow is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links.d)-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause made up of a preposition with an infinitive that takes a suffix, like ina tamîka, “in your speaking”, meaning “when you speak”. pad is a verb that means tamû, “speak”. pad also means zakâru, “to name”. pa, the shortened form of pad, is clearly intended here and is sometimes represented by the Assyrian nabû. a is the vowel of prolongation indicating the pa, not the pad-value. zu-ne (see line 6).
11. a-a dimmer Šis-ki mà-dim êgâ síg-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer This-ki is-dim really important
O father Nannar, when like a ship on the tide thou art full,
O Father Nannar, when you are full like a ship on the tide,
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mà-dim consists of noun mà and postposition dim. mà (see on line 1). mà-gur refers to the moon, mà refers to an ordinary ship. dim is equal to kîma, “like”. The sign-name is DIMMU. dim is ES. The EK form of the value is gim.
mà-dim is made up of the noun mà and the postposition dim. mà (see on line 1). mà-gur means the moon, while mà means a regular ship. dim is equivalent to kîma, meaning “like.” The sign-name is DIMMU. dim is ES. The EK form of the value is gim.
êgâ is a contraction of a, gè and a from the signs A, MI and A, and means “tide”, or “high water”. a means “water” and MI with the value gè means “black”, and the second A is evidently phonetic only. êgâ, therefore, means “black water”, such water as is seen in a “flood” or “high tide”.
êgâ is a combination of a, gè, and a from the symbols A, MI, and A, and means “tide” or “high water.” a means “water,” and MI with the value gè means “black,” while the second A is clearly just for phonetics. So, êgâ means “black water,” like the water that appears during a “flood” or “high tide.”
síg-ga-zu-ne (see line 6).
síg-ga-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
12. síg-ga-zu-ne síg-ga-zu-ne za-e síg-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sig-ga-zu-ne sig-ga-zu-ne za-e sig-ga-zu-ne
When thou art full, when thou art full, thou, when thou art full,
When you are full, when you are full, you, when you are full,
síg-ga-zu-ne (see line 6).
síg-ga-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
za-e (see line 10). It may be noticed that síg-ga-zu-ne occurs three times in this line and ten times in the section, lines 6-18. This repetition no doubt serves for rhetorical effect, especially in oral delivery and, together with the marked uniformity of measure in the clauses, characterizes the passage as poetic.
za-e (see line 10). It's noticeable that síg-ga-zu-ne appears three times in this line and ten times in the section from lines 6-18. This repetition likely adds a rhetorical impact, especially when delivered orally, and, along with the consistent rhythm in the clauses, gives the passage a poetic quality.
13. síg-ga-zu-ne bi-šag-a-zu-ne za-e síg-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I'll never forget you
When thou art full, when thou speakest favorably, thou, when thou art full,
When you are full, when you speak kindly, you, when you are full,
síg-ga-zu-ne (see line 6).
sigue así (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
bi-šag-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equal to “in thy speaking graciously”. bi equals ḳibû, “speak”, (Br. 5124). Starting with the meaning “speak” the sign KŠU comes to have a demonstrative force and is generally used as a suffix of the third person singular. We shall also see that it sometimes equals šikaru “strong drink”. šag: the sign giving this value is one not much used. It may be identified as GIŠIMMAR (see AL. p. 130, No. 206, also Br. 7286). šag is the chief value, equal to damâḳu or damḳu, “gracious”. a: the value is generally followed by the phonetic complement ga, but here it is followed by a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). zu-ne (see line 6).
bi-šag-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause meaning “in your gracious speech.” bi corresponds to ḳibû, “speak,” (Br. 5124). Starting from the sense of “speak,” the sign KŠU takes on a demonstrative meaning and is typically used as a suffix with a third person singular. We will also observe that it sometimes refers to šikaru “strong drink.” šag: the sign representing this value is infrequently utilized. It can be identified as GIŠIMMAR (see AL. p. 130, No. 206, also Br. 7286). šag is the primary value, equivalent to damâḳu or damḳu, “gracious.” a: this value is usually followed by the phonetic complement ga, but here it is followed by a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). zu-ne (see line 6).
14. bi-šag-a rù-ti-a-zu-ne za-e síg-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ your grief is affecting me
When thou speakest graciously and engenderest life, thou, when thou art full,
When you speak kindly and create life, you, when you are full,
bi-šag-a (see line 13).
bi-šag-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
rù-ti-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equal to “in thy engendering life”. rù: we have had UL already as a composite part of Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). UL here probably with the value rù equals kalâlu, “perfect”. The sign is intended to be the picture of a goring bull; then, as we get away from the primary idea, there arise the meanings of “exultation”, “perfection”, etc. Nannar is “the perfecter of life”. ti (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). zu-ne (see line 6).
rù-ti-a-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause equivalent to “in your generative life.” rù: we have already encountered UL as a part of Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). UL here likely corresponds to rù and means kalâlu, “perfect.” The symbol represents a goring bull; as we move away from its initial meaning, other interpretations, such as “exultation,” “perfection,” etc., emerge. Nannar is “the perfecter of life.” ti (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). zu-ne (see line 6).
za-e (see line 10).
za-e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
síg-ga-zu-ne (see line 6).
síg-ga-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
15. a-a dimmer Šis-ki lid damal lid-ne-ra sal-dug-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Šis-ki lid damal lid-ne-ra sal-dug-ga-zu-ne
O father Nannar of extensive progeny, when thou speakest to that progeny,
O father Nannar with many descendants, when you speak to those descendants,
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see on line 2).
a-a dimmer Šis-ki (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
lid may be of Semitic origin from the Assyrian word littu, “progeny”. The two horizontal lines in the sign suggest the 50 idea of “pairing”, from which comes the idea of “progeny” (thus, Prince, MSL., p. 223).
Lid might come from a Semitic word in Assyrian, littu, meaning “progeny.” The two horizontal lines in the symbol imply the concept of “pairing,” which leads to the idea of “progeny” (thus, Prince, MSL., p. 223).
damal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 10).
Damal (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
lid-ne-ra equals “to that progeny”. ne equals annû, a demonstrative pronoun “this”. ne is cognate with de which is also cognate with da and ta used as postpositions (see de and da in Hymn to Bêl, lines 6 and 4). ra is a postposition = “unto” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
lid-ne-ra means “to that offspring.” ne means annû, a demonstrative pronoun meaning “this.” ne is related to de, which is also related to da and ta used as postpositions (see de and da in Hymn to Bêl, lines 6 and 4). ra is a postposition meaning “unto” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
sal-dug-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause: “in thy speaking”. sal is a prefix of an abstract character. It is equivalent to the Assyrian zinništu, “feminine”. It is a counterpart to ku in the expressions Eme-sal and Eme-ku, ku being equal to bêlu, “lord”. As a prefix, sal generalizes the root-idea of the stem to which it is attached and is consequently an abstract prefix (see Br. 10930, 10949 and 10955). dug-ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu-ne (see line 6).
sal-dug-ga-zu-ne is a ḥal-clause: “in your speaking.” sal is a prefix with an abstract meaning. It’s similar to the Assyrian zinništu, meaning “feminine.” It relates to ku in the phrases Eme-sal and Eme-ku, where ku corresponds to bêlu, meaning “lord.” As a prefix, sal broadens the fundamental idea of the stem it’s attached to, making it an abstract prefix (see Br. 10930, 10949, and 10955). dug-ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu-ne (see line 6).
16. a-a-zu ide ḥùl-la mu-e-ši-in-maš sal-zi ma-ra ni-in-gú
16. a-a-zu ide ḥùl-la mu-e-ši-in-maš sal-zi ma-ra ni-in-gú
Thy father discerns the joyful face and speaks life to the land.
Your father sees the joyful face and brings life to the land.
a-a-zu (see on line 7).
a-a-zu (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ide equals pânu, “face”, (Br. 9281). The sign IGÛ can be read either ide, which is ES, or ige, which is EK.
ide equals pânu, “face”, (Br. 9281). The sign IGÛ can be read either ide, which is ES, or ige, which is EK.
ḥùl-la equals noun ḥùl, plus phonetic complement la. ḥùl equals ḥadû, “joy” (Br. 10884). The sign giving this value is not to be confounded with another sign which also has the value ḥul meaning “evil”, expressed by limuttu (Br. 9503).
ḥùl-la is the noun ḥùl plus the phonetic addition la. ḥùl means ḥadû, which translates to “joy” (Br. 10884). The symbol representing this value should not be confused with another symbol that also represents ḥul but means “evil”, represented by limuttu (Br. 9503).
mu-e-ši-in-maš is a verb consisting of verbal prefix mu, verbal infixes e and ši-in and root maš. mu (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ši-in: an objective verbal infix naturally has its person determined by the object to which it refers. That object in this case seems to be ide ḥùl-la, “the joyful face” of the moon. maš: the sign has two names, BÂRU and MŠU, and two chief values related to these names, bar and maš. bar and maš are cognate forms. b changes to m (MSL. p. X); r changes to š (MSL. p. XII). The sign has two chief meanings, “side” and “cut”. The meaning of “side” is represented by bar (see MSL. p. 234), while the meaning of “cut”, from which we get the idea of “distinguish” is generally represented by the value maš (Br. 1735).
mu-e-ši-in-maš is a verb made up of the verbal prefix mu, verbal infixes e and ši-in, and the root maš. mu (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ši-in: an objective verbal infix naturally has its person determined by the object it refers to. In this case, that object seems to be ide ḥùl-la, “the joyful face” of the moon. maš: the sign has two names, BÂRU and MŠU, and two main values related to these names, bar and maš. bar and maš are cognate forms. b changes to m (MSL. p. X); r changes to š (MSL. p. XII). The sign has two main meanings, “side” and “cut”. The meaning of “side” is represented by bar (see MSL. p. 234), while the meaning of “cut”, from which we get the idea of “distinguish”, is generally represented by the value maš (Br. 1735).
ma-ra equals “unto the land”. ma (see Hymn to Bêl, line 8). ra (see line 15).
ma-ra means "to the land". ma (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ra (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ni-in-gú: ni can be a verbal prefix and in a verbal infix, or ni-in can be a verbal infix with the verbal prefix omitted, gú 51 being the verbal root. ni, if taken as a prefix, naturally refers to a-a-zu. ni may have a demonstrative force, equal to šuatu, like ne. in as an infix refers to ma-ra. gú, a shortened form of gug, equal either ḳìbû, “speak”, or apâlu, “answer”. gú and gug have dialectic forms du and dug, the g changing to d which ES prefers. The sign is apparently a modification of the sign SANGU (see AL. p. 121, No. 14, and p. 124, No. 87). The primary meaning was “opening” and the leading value is ka equal to pû, “mouth”. The values ka and gú come from the sign-name KÂGU (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 4). With the value ì the sign means “word”.
ni-in-gú: ni can be a verbal prefix, and in a verbal infix, or ni-in can be a verbal infix with the verbal prefix omitted, with gú being the verbal root. ni, when considered as a prefix, typically relates to a-a-zu. ni may carry a demonstrative meaning, similar to šuatu, like ne. in as an infix pertains to ma-ra. gú, a shorter form of gug, corresponds either to ḳìbû, meaning “speak,” or apâlu, meaning “answer.” gú and gug have dialect forms du and dug, with the g changing to d, which ES favors. The sign is presumably a variation of the sign SANGU (see AL. p. 121, No. 14, and p. 124, No. 87). Its primary meaning was “opening,” and the main value is ka, equivalent to pû, meaning “mouth.” The values ka and gú derive from the sign-name KÂGU (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 4). With the value ì, the sign signifies “word.”
As an exalted royal command, daily he causes the word to go forth!
As an important royal order, he makes sure the announcement goes out every day!
e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
i-i: i is the chief value of GIṬṬÛ. The sign with its five parallel lines or wedges representing the five fingers of the hand is a symbol of power. From the idea of “power”, we get that of “exaltation” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
i-i: i is the main value of GIṬṬÛ. The symbol with its five parallel lines or wedges represents the five fingers of the hand and is a symbol of power. From the concept of "power," we derive the notion of "exaltation" (see Hymn to Bêl, line 6).
û-de-eš consists of root û, phonetic complement de and adverbial ending eš. û equals ûmu, “day”, (Br. 7797), and is a shortened form of ud. de is phonetic here. The more usual phonetic complement of ud is da (see Br. 7774). eš (see Br. 10001). eš as an adverbial ending is probably derived from the Semitic adverbial ending -iš which is supposed to have grown out of the Assyrian suffix of the third person šu. Agglutinative languages do not often possess special adverbial endings.
û-de-eš is made up of the root û, the phonetic complement de, and the adverbial ending eš. û stands for ûmu, meaning "day" (Br. 7797), and is a condensed form of ud. Here, de is phonetic. The typical phonetic complement of ud is da (refer to Br. 7774). eš (see Br. 10001). The adverbial ending eš probably comes from the Semitic adverbial ending -iš, which is thought to have evolved from the Assyrian third-person suffix šu. Agglutinative languages typically don't have specific adverbial endings.
mu-un-ê consists of verbal prefix mu-un and verbal root ê. mu-un is phonetic for mun which is simply a nasalized mu (see MSL. p. XXVIII, and Hymn to Bêl, line 1). On ê (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
mu-un-ê is made up of the verbal prefix mu-un and the verbal root ê. mu-un is pronounced like mun, which is just a nasalized version of mu (see MSL. p. XXVIII, and Hymn to Bêl, line 1). For ê (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
18. dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li mu-du-ru û-sud-du šú-za ma-ra ni-in-rù
18. dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li mu-du-ru û-sud-du šú-za ma-ra ni-in-rù
Bêl with the sceptre of distant days exalts thy hand over the land.
Bêl with the scepter of ancient times lifts your hand over the land.
dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
dimmer Mu-ul-lil-li (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-du-ru: there is a sign MUDRU (Br. 10776) which may be related to PA. We may infer a relation between MUDRU and PA, because the two signs have a common value sig. We know also that MU.DU.RU sometimes stands for PA (Br. 1275). Now 52 if MU.DU.RU can stand for PA it must have some meaning in common with PA. The most usual meaning of PA is ḥaṭṭu, “sceptre”, which gives good sense here. mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). du (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
mu-du-ru: There's a sign MUDRU (Br. 10776) that might be connected to PA. We can deduce a link between MUDRU and PA because both signs share a common value of sig. We also know that MU.DU.RU sometimes represents PA (Br. 1275). Now, since MU.DU.RU can represent PA, it must have some meaning in common with PA. The most common meaning of PA is ḥaṭṭu, “sceptre,” which makes sense in this context. mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). du (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
šú-za equals noun šú and suffix za. šú (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25). za is a suffix of the second person singular masculine (Br. 11722). We have had za-e as being equal to “thou” (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). zu we have found to be the more usual suffix of the second person (see on line 6). za is dialectic for zu.
šú-za combines the noun šú with the suffix za. šú (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25). za is a suffix used for the second person singular masculine (Br. 11722). We have identified za-e as equivalent to “thou” (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). zu is found to be the more common suffix for the second person (see on line 6). za is a dialectical variation of zu.
ma-ra (see on line 16).
ma-ra (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
19. Šis-unu-ki-ma mà-gur azag-ga pa(d)-a-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ This-is-ki-my may-gur azag-ga pa(d)-a-zu-ne
When in Ur, O shining ship, thou speakest,
When in Ur, O shining ship, you speak,
Šis-unu-ki-ma (see on line 2).
This-is-a-ki-thing (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mà-gur (see on line 1).
mà-gur (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
azag-ga equals adjective azag, plus phonetic complement ga. azag (see on line 1). ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4).
azag-ga is an adjective azag, with the phonetic addition ga. azag (see on line 1). ga (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4).
pa(d)-a-zu-ne (see on line 10).
pa(d)-a-zu-ne (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
20. ... dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e sal-dug-ga-zu-ne
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ... dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e sal-dug-ga-zu-ne
When to ... Ea thou speakest,
When to talk to you,
dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e: we have here a compound ideogram as a name of the god Ea. dimmer is determinative before the name of a god (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Nu-dim-mud equals the Assyrian E-a (Br. 2016). The usual Sumerian ideogram is EN.KI. e in Nu-dim-mud-e a vowel of prolongation (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
dimmer Nu-dim-mud-e: this is a compound ideogram representing the god Ea. dimmer acts as a determinative before the name of a god (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Nu-dim-mud corresponds to the Assyrian E-a (Br. 2016). The standard Sumerian ideogram is EN.KI. The e in Nu-dim-mud-e serves as a vowel of prolongation (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
sal-dug-ga-zu-ne (see line 15).
sal-dug-ga-zu-ne (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
21. ......... [pa(d)]-a-zu[-ne]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ......... [pa(d)]-a-zu[-ne]
When ..... thou speakest,
When you speak,
pa(d)-a-zu-ne (see line 10).
padazune (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
Reverse
22. .............
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ .............
23. ...... la a im[-si]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ...... the a im[-si]
....... with water is filled
....... filled with water
a equals mû, “water” (Br. 11347). “Water” is a primary meaning of the sign ÂU, which at first consisted of two short perpendicular lines representing “falling water” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
a equals mû, “water” (Br. 11347). “Water” is a main meaning of the sign ÂU, which originally consisted of two short perpendicular lines that represented “falling water” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
im-si consists of indeterminate verbal prefix im and verbal root si. im (Br. p. 545). si (Hymn to Bêl, line 22).
im-si consists of the indeterminate verbal prefix im and the verbal root si. im (Br. p. 545). si (Hymn to Bêl, line 22).
24. ........ gi a im-si
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ........ gi a im-si
..... with water is filled.
..... with water is full.
a im-si (see line 23).
a im-si (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
25. ìd ...... e a im-si dimmer [Šis-ki-kam]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ id ...... e a im-si dimmer [Šis-ki-kam]
The river .... is filled with water by Nannar.
The river .... is filled with water by Nannar.
ìd equals nâru, “river”. Sometimes ìd is shortened to i (Br. 11647). The value ìd comes from the union of two signs A “water” and ṬÚ (Br. 10217). Moreover, ṬÚ with the value ṭú equals apsû, “sea”. The ṬÚ sign, explained more minutely, consists of ḤAL “run” inside of KIL “enclosure”. So ḤAL + KIL = running, “flowing within an enclosure”, hence = “sea”. While ìd means primarily “water of the sea”, it is much used also as a determinative before names of rivers. We have the name of the Euphrates in the next line. Perhaps the name of the Tigris was given in some one of the lines. The common Sumerian ideogram for the name of the Tigris is ḥal-ḥal, an intensified form of ḥal, which means “running” or “rushing”. The Tigris is thus very appropriately called “the rushing river”. The Babylonian Diglat in the hands of the Persians took the form Tigra.
ìd means nâru, “river.” Sometimes ìd is shortened to i (Br. 11647). The value of ìd comes from the combination of two signs A “water” and ṬÚ (Br. 10217). Additionally, ṬÚ, which has the value ṭú, means apsû, “sea.” The ṬÚ sign is more specifically made up of ḤAL “run” inside of KIL “enclosure.” So ḤAL + KIL = running, “flowing within an enclosure,” which translates to “sea.” While ìd primarily means “water of the sea,” it is also commonly used as a determinative before river names. We find the name of the Euphrates in the next line. Perhaps the name of the Tigris is mentioned in some of the lines as well. The standard Sumerian ideogram for the Tigris is ḥal-ḥal, an intensified version of ḥal, which means “running” or “rushing.” Therefore, the Tigris is aptly named “the rushing river.” The Babylonian Diglat became Tigra in the hands of the Persians.
26. azag-gi ìd ud-kib-nun-na-ge a im-si [dimmer Šis-ki-kam]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag-gi id ud-kib-nunna-ge a im-si [dimmer Šis-ki-kam]
The bright Euphrates is filled with water by Nannar.
The bright Euphrates is filled with water by Nannar.
azag-gi equals ellu, “shining” (Br. 9901). azag (see line 19). gi is a phonetic complement, chosen no doubt with a view to vowel harmony as regards the following ìd (?). GI as an ideogram means “reed” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 24, gín).
azag-gi means ellu, “shining” (Br. 9901). azag (see line 19). gi is a phonetic addition, likely selected for vowel harmony with the next ìd (?). As an ideogram, GI represents “reed” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 24, gín).
ìd ud-kib-nun-na-ge means the river of Sippar. For ìd, see on line 25. ud-kib-nun consists of ud “sun” + kib “flourish, generate”, and nun “great”. The sign KIB suggests the idea “double” and hence, of course, “generate, beget” (MSL. p. 203). Nun, of course, = rabû “great” (Br. 2628), while na must be the phonetic complement and ge the nota genitivi as used in the next Hymn. The form ud-kib-nun then seems to mean “the great (nun) generative force (kib) of the sun” (ud); a name applied to Sippar had been from time immemorial the seat of the worship of the sun-god Šamaš (RBA., pp. 69, 117). Ìd-ud-kib-nun-na-ge then simply means “the river (ìd) of (ge) Sippar”, viz., the Euphrates, 54 which was usually termed in Sumerian Bura-nunu “the great stream” (MSL. p. 7, C).
ìd ud-kib-nun-na-ge refers to the river of Sippar. For ìd, see on line 25. ud-kib-nun consists of ud “sun” + kib “flourish, generate”, and nun “great”. The sign KIB suggests the idea of “double” and thus, of course, “generate, beget” (MSL. p. 203). Nun is equivalent to rabû “great” (Br. 2628), while na must be the phonetic complement and ge the nota genitivi as used in the next Hymn. The form ud-kib-nun then seems to mean “the great (nun) generative force (kib) of the sun” (ud); a name applied to Sippar that has long been known as the center of the worship of the sun-god Šamaš (RBA., pp. 69, 117). Ìd-ud-kib-nun-na-ge thus simply means “the river (ìd) of (ge) Sippar”, specifically the Euphrates, 54 which was usually referred to in Sumerian as Bura-nunu “the great stream” (MSL. p. 7, C).
a im-si (see on line 23).
a im-si (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
The empty river is filled with water by Nannar.
The empty river is filled with water by Nannar.
ìd (see on line 25).
id (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
nu, regular Sumerian negative adverb, equal to the Assyrian la.
nu, a standard Sumerian negative adverb, equivalent to the Assyrian la.
e-bi equals noun e and suffix bi. e equals mû, “water” (Br. 5844). We have also had e equal to ḳabû, “speech” (Hymn to Bêl, line 14). bi is a suffix of the third person singular (see Br. 5135). bi gets its demonstrative nature from the conception “speak” which seems to be the primary one in the old Babylonian linear hieroglyph.
e-bi is made up of the noun e and the suffix bi. e represents mû, which means “water” (Br. 5844). We have also seen e used to mean ḳabû, which stands for “speech” (Hymn to Bêl, line 14). bi is a suffix for the third person singular (see Br. 5135). bi derives its demonstrative quality from the concept of “speak,” which appears to be the primary meaning in the ancient Babylonian linear hieroglyph.
láḥ-e consists of root láḥ and vocalic prolongation e. láḥ equals misû “wash” (Br. 6167). It is used of washing the hands and feet. It gets the idea “wash” from the idea “servant” who does the washing, but it may have meant “servant” before it meant “wash”. It often has the phonetic complement ḥa or ḥi. Literally the clause read: “the river whose water washes not”.
láḥ-e consists of the root láḥ and the vowel extension e. láḥ means misû “wash” (Br. 6167). It refers to the act of washing hands and feet. The term conveys the idea of “wash” because of its association with a “servant” who does the washing, but it may have originally meant “servant” before it took on the meaning of “wash.” It often has the phonetic additions ḥa or ḥi. Literally, the phrase reads: “the river whose water does not wash.”
a im-si (see on line 23).
a im-si (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Šis-ki-kam equals god-name dimmer Šis-ki plus kam = KAMMU without doubt (see CT. XV, Colophon of Tablet 29623, plate 12). kam is a well recognized determinative used after ordinal numerals. It no doubt occupies this position as a genitive particle, but, as a genitive sign, it may be used after words other than numerals; and, in fact, is so used in Gudea. It is evidently a lengthened form of the postposition ka; being ka plus am (see SVA. p. 60).
dimmer Šis-ki-kam refers to the god-name dimmer Šis-ki plus kam = KAMMU without a doubt (see CT. XV, Colophon of Tablet 29623, plate 12). kam is a well-known determinative used after ordinal numerals. It likely functions in this way as a genitive particle, but as a genitive sign, it can be used after words other than numerals; in fact, it's used this way in Gudea. It is clearly a longer form of the postposition ka; being ka plus am (see SVA. p. 60).
28. sug maḥ sug ban-da a im-si dimmer Šis-ki-kam
28. it's the best when you feel like dimmer Šis-ki-kam
The great marsh, the little marsh is filled with water by Nannar.
The big marsh and the small marsh are filled with water by Nannar.
The sign looks like MÀ but perhaps the copyist made a mistake. maḥ (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
The sign looks like MÀ, but maybe the copyist made an error. maḥ (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
sug equals ṣuṣû, “marsh”. The sign is the enclosure-sign KIL with the “water” sign ÂU within the “enclosure” sign.
sug equals ṣuṣû, “marsh.” The symbol is the enclosure sign KIL with the “water” sign ÂU inside the “enclosure” sign.
ban-da: the signs are DUMU and DADDU. DUMU has several values, the chief of which are dumu, tur and ban. dumu equals mâru, “son”. We have met the value dumu or its dialectic equivalent ṭumu, represented by ṬU and MU (see on line 5). tur equals ṣiḥru, “small”, and is naturally followed by the phonetic complement ra. lan-da also equals ṣiḥru “little” (Br. 4133).
ban-da: the signs are DUMU and DADDU. DUMU has several meanings, the main ones being dumu, tur, and ban. dumu means mâru, “son.” We've encountered the value dumu or its dialectal equivalent ṭumu, shown by ṬU and MU (see on line 5). tur means ṣiḥru, “small,” and is typically followed by the phonetic complement ra. lan-da also means ṣiḥru “little” (Br. 4133).
a im-si (see on line 23).
a im-si (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Šis-ki-kam (see line 27).
dimmer This-ki-cam (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
29. êr lim-ma dimmer En-zu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ê lim-ma dimmer En-zu
Penitential Psalm to Sin.
Penitential Psalm about Sin.
êr-lim-ma (see Hymn to Bêl, line 27).
êr-lim-ma (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer En-zu “lord of wisdom” is the other name by which Sin is known in Sumerian. We have had one name above; viz., dimmer Šis-ki. dimmer En-zu is no doubt in genitive relation to the preceding part of the line, although the nota genitivi is lacking. In another hymn to Bêl (CT. XV, Tablet 29644, plate 12), the genitive relation is signified by the postposition kam. The words are: êr-lim-ma dingir En-lil-lá-kam.
dimmer En-zu "lord of wisdom" is another name for Sin in Sumerian. We've already mentioned one name above, which is dimmer Šis-ki. dimmer En-zu is clearly in a genitive relationship to the earlier part of the line, even though the nota genitivi is missing. In a different hymn to Bêl (CT. XV, Tablet 29644, plate 12), the genitive relationship is indicated by the postposition kam. The phrase is: êr-lim-ma dingir En-lil-lá-kam.
Chapter III
Tablet 29631, Plates 15 and 16, Hymn To Adad
Obverse
1. [ḥad-]ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [ḥad-]ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
In the lightning flash thou proclaimest thy name.
In a flash of lightning, you reveal your name.
2. dimmer Mer(IM) bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mer(IM) bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
O Adad, in the mighty thunder the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning, you declare your name.
3. [dimmer] Mer(IM) dumu An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an-za[k-ku]
3. [dimmerI'm sorry, but there is no text provided. Please provide a phrase for me to modernize. Mer(IM) son of An-na with the same name as you
O Adad, son of Anu, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, son of Anu, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning you reveal your name.
4. ù-mu-un nì(IM)-ki-ge(KIT) bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an-za[k-ku]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ù-mu-un nì(IM)-ki-ge(KIT) bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an-za[k-ku]
O lord, dread of earth, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Lord, fear of the earth, in the powerful thunder and the lightning flash, you declare your name.
5. dimmer Mer(IM) ù-mu-un ib(TUM)-mal(IG)-la bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
5. dimmer Mer(IM) ù-mu-un ib(TUM)-mal(IG)-la bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu anSorry, there seems to be an error. Could you please provide the text you'd like me to modernize?-zak-kuIt seems you meant to provide a specific short piece of text for me to modernize. Please share the text you'd like me to work on.
O Adad, lord of great wrath, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, lord of great anger, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning, you declare your name.
6. bar(maš?)-tab-ba ù-mu-un dimmer ama-an-ki-ga bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a [mu-zu an-zak-ku]
6. bar(maš?-tab-ba ù-mu-un dimmer ama-an-ki-ga bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a [mu-zu an-zak-kuI'm sorry, but I need a specific phrase or text to work with. Please provide a phrase for modernization.
O twin, lord, bull-god of heaven and earth, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O twin, lord, bull-god of the sky and land, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning you proclaim your name.
7. a-a dimmer Mer(IM) ù-mu-un ud-da bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer(IM) ù-mu-un ud-da bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, lord, when the light is darkened thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, Lord, when the light dims, you declare your name.
8. a-a dimmer Mer(IM) û(UD)-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer(IM) û(UD)-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, when the great day is darkened thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, when the great day turns dark, you announce your name.
9. a-a dimmer Mer(IM) uku(UG)-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer(IM) uku(UG)-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, when the great king is cut off thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, when the great king is removed, you reveal your name.
10. dimmer Mer(IM) uku(UG) An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mer(IM) uku(UG) An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê(UD.DU)-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O Adad, king of Anu, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, king of Anu, in the powerful thunder and the lightning strike, you declare your name.
11. mu-zu kalam(UN)-ma mu-un-rù(UL)-rù(UL)-rù(UL)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mu-zu kalam(UN)-ma mu-un-rù(UL)-rù(UL)-rù(UL)
Thy name is mightily magnificent in the earth.
Your name is incredibly magnificent on earth.
12. me-lam(NE)-zu kalam(UN)-ma tug(KU)-gim im-mi-in-dul
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ me-lam(NE)-zu kalam(UN)-ma tug(KU)-gim im-mi-in-dul
Thy brightness covers the land like a garment.
Your brightness blankets the land like a covering.
13. za ḥad(PA) aka(RAM)-zu-šù(KU) kur-gal a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag im-da-sig(PA)-gi
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ za ḥad(PA) aka(RAM)-zu-šù(KU) kur-gal a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag im-da-sig(PA)-gi
The lightning of thy thunder smites the head of the great mountain, father Bêl.
The lightning from your thunder strikes the top of the great mountain, father Bêl.
14. urša(ḤAR.DU)-zu àma(DAGAL) gal dimmer Nin-lil ba-e-di-ḥu-láḥ-e
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ urša(ḤAR.DU)-zu àma(DAGAL) gal dimmer Nin-lil ba-e-di-ḥu-láḥ-e
Thy thunder terrifies the great mother Belit.
Your thunder terrifies the great mother Belit.
15. dingir En-lil-li dumu-ni dimmer Mer(IM)-ra à(ID) mu-un-da-an-aka(RAM)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ god En-lil-li son light Mer(IM)-ra à(ID) mu-un-da-an-aka(RAM)
Bêl to his son Adad measures out power.
Bêl gives his son Adad power.
16. mulu dumu-mu û(UD) um-me-ši-si-si û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu dumu-mu û(UD) um-me-ši-si-si û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
Thou who art my son, the day thou didst lift up the eye, the day thou didst look!
You who are my son, the day you opened your eyes, the day you looked!
17. dimmer Mer(IM)-ri û(UD) um-me-ši-si-si û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mer(IM)-ri û(UD) um-me-ši-si-si û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
O Adad, the day thou didst lift up the eye, the day thou didst look!
O Adad, the day you opened your eyes, the day you looked!
18. û(UD) iminna-bi-meš ba-gan-tal(RI)-lá û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ û(UD) iminna-bi-meš ba-gan-tal(RI)-lá û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
During seven days thou didst blow a full blast when thou didst look.
During seven days you blew a full blast whenever you looked.
19. û(UD) ì(KA) di-zu-ka ḥàr(GUD)-ḥa-ra ab-ba û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ û(UD) ì(KA) di-zu-ka ḥàr(GUD)-ḥa-ra ab-ba û(UD) um-me-ši-lá-lá
It was the day of the word of the word of thy judgment, O bull-god of the abyss, the day thou didst look.
It was the day of your judgment, O bull-god of the abyss, the day you looked.
20. nim-gir luḥ su-ši-šù(KU) mu-ra-du-ud
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ nim-gir luḥ su-ši-šù(KU) mu-ra-du-ud
As the lightning, the messenger of terror, thou didst go.
As the lightning, the messenger of fear, you went.
21. mulu dumu-mu rù(UL) gin(DU)-na-gin(DU)-na a-ba zi-gi-en te-ga(BA)
21. mulu dumu-mu rù(UL) gin(DU)-na-gin(DU)-na a-ba zi-gi-en te-ga(BA)
When thou who art my son goest violently about, who can attack like thee!
When you, my son, act so aggressively, who can challenge you like that!
Reverse
22. ki bala ḥul gíg a-a muḥ-zu-šù(KU) a-ba za-e-gim te-ga(BA)
22. and all that I have made, I give to you freely
The troublesome evil hostile land, O father, which is against thee; who like thee can attack!
The difficult and hostile land, oh father, that is against you; who can challenge you like this?
23. ná(DAḲ) imi tur-tur-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga(BA)
23. ná(DAḲ) imi tur-tur-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga(BA)
The little stone of the storm do thou take! Who can attack like thee!
The little stone of the storm, take it! Who can strike like you!
24. ná(DAḲ) gal-gal-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga(BA)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ná(DAḲ) gal-gal-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga(BA)
The large stone do thou take! Who can attack like thee!
The big stone, you take! Who can fight like you!
25. ná(DAḲ) tur-tur-zu ná(DAḲ) gal-gal-zu muḥ-ba ù-me-ám(A.AN)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ná(DAḲ) tur-tur-zu ná(DAḲ) gal-gal-zu muḥ-ba ù-me-ám(A.AN)
Thy little stone, thy large stone, on it (the land) it lieth!
Your small stone, your large stone, it lies on the ground!
26. ki-bala-a zi-da-zu ù-mu-e-gul da bur(BU) su ù-mu-e-se
26. ki-bala-a zi-da-zu ù-mu-e-gul da bur(BU) su ù-mu-e-se
The hostile land thy right hand destroys. It gives powerful bodily destruction (?)
The hostile land your right hand destroys. It causes powerful physical destruction.
27. dimmer Mer(IM)-ri dug(KA)-dug(KA)-ga a-a muḥ-na-šù(KU) geš(IZ)-ni ba-ši-in-ag
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mer(IM)-ri dug(KA)-dug(KA)-ga a-a muḥ-na-šù(KU) geš(IZ)-ni ba-ši-in-ag
Adad, when he speaks (to one), O father, on him he imposes his government.
Adad, when he speaks to someone, O father, places his authority upon them.
28. a-a dimmer Mer(IM) è(BIT)-ta ê(UD.DU)-a-ni û(UD) ì(KA) di na-nam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer(IM) è(BIT)-ta ê(UD.DU)-a-ni û(UD) ì(KA) di na-nam
Father Adad, when he comes out of the house, he fixes the day of judgment.
Father Adad, when he steps out of the house, sets the date for judgment day.
29. è(BIT)-ta eri-ta ê(UD.DU)-a-ni uku(UG) ban(TUR)-da na-nam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ it’s-a-spanish wasn’t -for-you
When he comes out of the house or out of the city, he fixes the great day.
When he steps out of the house or the city, he sets things right for the big day.
30. eri-ta an-na-ta gar(ŠÂ)-ra-ni û(UD) ì(KA)-ḥar-ra na-nam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ eri-ta an-na-ta gar(ŠÂ)-ra-ni û(UD) ì(KA)-ḥar-ra na-nam
When he establishes himself out of the city out of heaven, he fixes the day of curse.
When he sets himself up outside the city from heaven, he marks the day of curse.
31. ... êr(A.ŠI) lim(LIB)-ma dimmer Mer(IM)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ... êr(A.ŠI) lim(LIB)-ma dimmer Mer(IM)
..... Hymn to Adad.
Hymn to Adad.
This hymn we find to be full of action. The lightning flashes in the first line, and we see at least three distinct kinds of storm placed on the scene, one succeeding the other. The thunder storm first passes over our head. We see the lightning, we hear the roar of the thunder, the earth is placed in fear, the day turns 58 dark, the top of the mountain is smitten, the very gods themselves are terrified. Secondly comes the flood. The storm of the hour is lengthened into one of days. It becomes a deluge of judgment on the earth. The words say seven days, but in such poetic discourse seven might perhaps simply mean “many”. Finally, there is a decided change in the scene. The flood has passed away. The death-destroying hail-storm falls upon us, not simply the little hail-stones, but the great hail-stones. The day, of course, has come.
This hymn is packed with action. The lightning strikes in the first line, and we see at least three different types of storms unfolding, one after the other. The thunderstorm first rolls over us. We witness the lightning, we hear the thunder's roar, the earth trembles in fear, the day turns dark, the mountaintop is struck, and even the gods are afraid. Next comes the flood. The storm that lasts an hour turns into one that goes on for days. It becomes a torrent of judgment upon the earth. The text mentions seven days, but in this poetic context, seven could just mean "many." Finally, there’s a noticeable shift in the scene. The flood has receded. Now we are hit by a deadly hailstorm, not just small hailstones, but large ones. The day has indeed arrived.
But the effects of Adad’s power so artistically set forth in this hymn are secondary, as placed beside the dignity of the god himself. The word of Adad is absolute and all-powerful. He is a god of great wrath. He is a real bull-god, of heaven and earth. He can put the heavens out of sight. He can make day as black as the darkest night. He can split the earth with his lightning. He can flood the land with water. He can pelt its inhabitants with stones. Yet in all this he consults with father Bêl.
But the effects of Adad’s power, described so beautifully in this hymn, are secondary compared to the greatness of the god himself. Adad's word is absolute and all-powerful. He is a god of tremendous anger. He is a true bull-god, ruler of heaven and earth. He can hide the skies from view. He can make daytime as dark as the deepest night. He can split the ground with his lightning. He can flood the land with water. He can bombard its inhabitants with stones. Yet in all of this, he consults with Father Bêl.
Obverse
1. [ḥad]-ê-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [ḥad]-ê-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
In the lightning flash thou proclaimest thy name!
In the flash of lightning, you declare your name!
ḥad-ê-a is a ḥal-clause, consisting of noun ḥad, participle ê and postposition a, and means “in the going out of the sceptre”, or freely, “in the lightning flash”. The apodosis is mu-zu an-zak-ku. ḥad (PA) equals ḥaṭṭu, “sceptre” (Br. 5573). The value ḥad may be of Semitic origin, but note that its cognate ḥud is equal to namûru, “brightness” (Br. 5582), as is also kun, another value of PA “staff”; then PA = “a lighted torch”. ê we have had as equal to aṣû (Hymn to Bêl, line 15). ê is also equal to šûpû, “flashing” (Br. 5638). a equals ina, “in” (Br. 11365).
ḥad-ê-a is a ḥal-clause, made up of the noun ḥad, the participle ê, and the postposition a, and means “in the going out of the sceptre” or more freely, “in the lightning flash.” The apodosis is mu-zu an-zak-ku. ḥad (PA) is equivalent to ḥaṭṭu, “sceptre” (Br. 5573). The value ḥad may have Semitic roots, but note that its cognate ḥud corresponds to namûru, “brightness” (Br. 5582), as does kun, another value of PA “staff”; therefore, PA = “a lighted torch.” ê has been interpreted as equivalent to aṣû (Hymn to Bêl, line 15). ê is also equivalent to šûpû, “flashing” (Br. 5638). a equates to ina, “in” (Br. 11365).
mu-zu means “thy name”. mu equals šumu, “name” (Br. 1235).
mu-zu means “your name”. mu equals šumu, “name” (Br. 1235).
an-zak-ku is a verb. an is an indeterminate verbal prefix. The context shows it to be of the second person (see MSL. p. XXVI). zak-ku may mean “utter a decree” (Br. 6519). For example, zak equals tamîtu, “a decree” (Br. 6493). Perhaps it could as well be a verb signifying “to decree”, or “to establish”. ku also equals tamû, “utter” (Br. 10555), but it would be simpler to make ku a phonetic complement to zak. It may be that we ought to read the clause: “thy name utters the decree”. But “thy name” has the usual position of the object. It is also rather awkward to regard zak as an object placed between the verbal prefix and the verb.
an-zak-ku is a verb. an is an uncertain verbal prefix. The context indicates it is in the second person (see MSL. p. XXVI). zak-ku may mean “issue a decree” (Br. 6519). For instance, zak corresponds to tamîtu, “a decree” (Br. 6493). It might also be a verb meaning “to decree” or “to establish.” ku also corresponds to tamû, “utter” (Br. 10555), but it would be simpler to treat ku as a phonetic complement to zak. We might read the clause as: “your name issues the decree.” However, “your name” is in the typical position of the object. It is also somewhat awkward to see zak as an object placed between the verbal prefix and the verb.
2. dimmer Mer bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Sea by the the sun
O Adad, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, in the powerful thunder and the lightning flash, you proclaim your name.
dimmer Mer: this is the Sumerian name of the storm-god. Mer being one of the values of the sign IMMU. The fact that the sign in some cases in this hymn (e. g. lines 15 and 17) is followed by the phonetic complement ri or ra shows that Mer is the value intended for the name of the god. Mer is probably from imi changed to immer and then to Mer and hence, like imi, means “wind” and “storm”. The name Mer offers no suggestion as to the origin of the Semitic names Rammânu and Addu.
dimmer Mer: this is the Sumerian name for the storm god. Mer is one of the meanings of the sign IMMU. The fact that in some instances in this hymn (e. g. lines 15 and 17) the sign is followed by the phonetic complement ri or ra indicates that Mer is the intended value for the god's name. Mer likely evolved from imi to immer and then to Mer, and thus, like imi, signifies “wind” and “storm.” The name Mer does not provide any clues about the origins of the Semitic names Rammânu and Addu.
bi-maḥ equals “mighty utterance”. bi (see Hymn to Sin, line 13). maḥ (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
bi-maḥ means “mighty utterance”. bi (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). maḥ (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zak-ku (see on line 1).
had to set things right (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
3. [dimmer] Mer dumu An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-sa[k-ku]
3. ]dimmer] I am the son of An, who is the bright star, standing out among the others
O Adad, son of Anu, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, son of Anu, in the powerful thunder and the lightning flash you proclaim your name.
dumu (see Hymn to Sin, line 5, ṭu-mu).
dumu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, ṭu-mu).
An-na, ideogram for the god of heaven, plus phonetic complement. Note that AN for the god Anu does not take the determinative god sign. Probably the omission is due to the desire to avoid the occurrence of AN twice in succession. It must have been after Adad had taken the place of Ištar in the second triad of gods that Adad was called the son of Anu. The earlier arrangement was Anu, Bêl, Ea, Sin, Šamaš and Ištar. The later order was Anu, Bêl and Ea, as rulers of the universe, and Sin, Šamaš and Adad, as rulers of heaven under the command of Anu. This new grouping was the result of a theological development. Ištar was found to be one of the planets, and, therefore, not to be classed longer along with Sin and Šamaš. Adad, the god of the atmosphere, was thought to be a personality of sufficient dignity to take the place formerly occupied by Ištar.
An-na, the symbol for the god of heaven, along with its phonetic component. It’s important to note that AN for the god Anu doesn’t have the god sign attached. This omission likely happened to prevent using AN twice in a row. It seems that after Adad took Ištar’s position in the second group of gods, he was referred to as the son of Anu. The earlier lineup was Anu, Bêl, Ea, Sin, Šamaš, and Ištar. The newer arrangement was Anu, Bêl, and Ea as the rulers of the universe, with Sin, Šamaš, and Adad as the rulers of heaven under Anu's authority. This new lineup resulted from a change in theology. Ištar was recognized as one of the planets, and therefore, no longer grouped with Sin and Šamaš. Adad, the god of the atmosphere, was considered important enough to take Ištar's previous spot.
4. ù-mu-un nì-ki-ge bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zak[-ku]
4. ù-mu-un nì-ki-ge bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zakPlease provide the text you'd like me to modernize.-ku(There seems to be a misunderstanding, as there is no text provided after your instruction. Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.)
O lord, dread of earth, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Lord, fear of the earth, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning, you reveal your name.
ù-mu-un (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
ù-mu-un (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
nì-ki-ge: nì is a value of IMMU equal to puluḥtu, “fear” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ki equals irṣitu, “earth” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ge is a postpositive sign of the genitive (see Br. 5935.)
nì-ki-ge: nì represents a value of IMMU that is equivalent to puluḥtu, meaning “fear” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ki corresponds to irṣitu, meaning “earth” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ge is a postpositive marker indicating possession (see Br. 5935.)
bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zak-ku (see lines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
5. dimmer Mer ù-mu-un ib-mal-la bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an[-zak-ku]
5. dimmer Mer ù-mu-un ib-mal-la bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an[-zak-kuI'm ready to assist with the text. Please provide the phrases you would like me to modernize.
O Adad, lord of great wrath, in the mighty thunder and and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, lord of great anger, in the powerful thunder and the flash of lightning, you declare your name.
ib-mal-la: ib is a value of TUM equal to agâgu, “anger” (Br. 4954). mal is a value of IḲU which is dialectic for PISANNU and also for MA.AL (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18, and Hymn to Sin, line 2). ìb-mal = “wrathful” (Br. 2242).
ib-mal-la: ib represents a TUM value equivalent to agâgu, meaning “anger” (Br. 4954). mal is a value of IḲU that is a dialect version for PISANNU and also for MA.AL (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18, and Hymn to Sin, line 2). ìb-mal = “wrathful” (Br. 2242).
6. tab-tab-ba ù-mu-un dimmer ama-an-ki-ga bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a [mu-zu an-zak-ku]
6. tab-tab-ba ù-mu-un dimmer ama-an-ki-ga bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a [mu-zu an-zak-kuI'm sorry, but there doesn't seem to be any text provided for me to modernize. Please provide the text you'd like me to work on.
O twin, lord, bull-god of heaven and earth, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O twin, lord, bull-god of heaven and earth, in the powerful thunder and the lightning flash you declare your name.
bar-tab-ba equals tu’âmu, “twin” (Br. 1896). maš equals tu’âmu (Br. 1811), while the cognate bar equals tappû, “companion” (Br. 1807). maš, which represents the idea “cut”, is more primitive than bar which represents the idea “side”. maš is also equal to mâšu, “twin”, a Sumerian loan-word in Assyrian. tab equals tappû (Br. 3775). tab may have been inserted, that bar “companion” should be taken rather than the narrower word “twin” (Hymn to Sin, line 16). ba is a phonetic complement (Br. 102 and Hymn to Bêl, line 25). Adad is called “twin” or “companion”, because he possessed a composite nature, comprising in himself the elements of several gods. The manifestations of power seen in wind and rain and in lightning and thunder, would logically lead to the conclusion that his nature was divided, or that he brought to his aid several gods endowed with powers suited to different kinds of effort. The gods that aided Adad were sometimes looked upon as birds, one of whom was the god Zû, who presided over the tempest. Zû’s mother was Siris, lady of the rain and clouds. Then there was Martu, the lord of the squall, and Barḳu, the genius of the lightning. The son of Zû was a strong bull who pastured in the meadows, bringing abundance and fertility. There was also Šûtu, the south wind. He, no doubt, was an agent of Adad’s. There is another way in which Adad may be looked upon as twin-like in his nature. He could pass suddenly from the fiercest anger to gentlest kindness. He was represented in sculpture as carrying a battle-axe. Kings invoked his aid against their enemies. In his passionate rage he destroyed everything before him. When his wrath was appeased, however, there might come the gentle breeze and the refreshing shower. The fields which he had devastated he also caused to blossom and produce fruit and grain.
bar-tab-ba means tu’âmu, “twin” (Br. 1896). maš is equivalent to tu’âmu (Br. 1811), while the related term bar equals tappû, “companion” (Br. 1807). maš, which conveys the idea of “cut,” is more basic than bar, which signifies “side.” maš also corresponds to mâšu, “twin,” a Sumerian loanword in Assyrian. tab translates to tappû (Br. 3775). tab may have been included, suggesting that bar “companion” should be preferred over the more specific term “twin” (Hymn to Sin, line 16). ba is a phonetic addition (Br. 102 and Hymn to Bêl, line 25). Adad is referred to as “twin” or “companion” because he had a composite nature, embodying the traits of multiple gods. The displays of power seen in wind and rain, and in lightning and thunder, logically suggest that his nature was split, or that he called upon multiple gods with powers suited for various tasks. The gods who assisted Adad were sometimes viewed as birds, one of whom was the god Zû, who controlled the storm. Zû’s mother was Siris, the goddess of rain and clouds. There was also Martu, the lord of the squall, and Barḳu, the spirit of lightning. Zû’s son was a powerful bull that grazed in the meadows, bringing prosperity and fertility. Šûtu, the south wind, was likely another agent of Adad. Another perspective on Adad’s twin-like nature is his ability to quickly shift from intense anger to gentle kindness. He was depicted in sculptures wielding a battle-axe. Kings called on his help against their foes. In his furious rage, he destroyed everything in his path. However, when his anger subsided, it often brought a soft breeze and a refreshing shower. The fields he had ravaged, he also helped to bloom and yield fruit and grain.
dimmer (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2).
dim lights (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ama-an-ki-ga: ama equals rîmu, “bull” (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 7 and 9). an (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ki (see on line 4). ga seems to be a postposition (see MSL. p. XVI). ga might perhaps be equal to bašû, “being” (Br. 6109).
ama-an-ki-ga: ama means rîmu, “bull” (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 7 and 9). an (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ki (see on line 4). ga appears to be a postposition (see MSL. p. XVI). ga might be similar to bašû, “being” (Br. 6109).
7. a-a dimmer Mer ù-mu-un ud-da bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
7. a-a dimmer Mer ù-mu-un ud-da bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, lord, when the light is darkened, thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, lord, when the light fades, you reveal your name.
a-a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
a-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ud-da: ud equals urru, “light” (Br. 7798, also Hymn to Sin, line 17). da is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
ud-da: ud means urru, “light” (Br. 7798, also Hymn to Sin, line 17). da is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
mu-zu an-zak-ku (see on line 1).
mu-zu an-zak-ku (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
8. a-a dimmer Mer û-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer û-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, when the great day is darkened, thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, when the great day is dark, you reveal your name.
û-gal-la: û (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). gal-la (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
û-gal-la: û (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). gal-la (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
bar-ru-a: bar equals parâsu, “cut off” (Br. 1785). The idea “cut”, however, is more usually expressed by the value maš (see on line 6). ru, being a phonetic complement, limits us to the choice of the value bar here.
bar-ru-a: bar means parâsu, “cut off” (Br. 1785). The concept of “cut”, however, is more commonly represented by the value maš (see on line 6). ru, serving as a phonetic complement, restricts us to the selection of the value bar in this instance.
9. a-a dimmer Mer uku-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-a dimmer Mer uku-gal-la bar-ru-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O father Adad, when the great king is cut off, thou declarest thy name.
O Father Adad, when the great king is taken away, you reveal your name.
uku-gal-la: uku a value of UG, which is here a Babylonian sign found, for instance, in the Cyrus Cylinder, equals both ûmu, “day”, and šarru, “king” (Br. 3861 and 3862). gal-la (see on line 8).
uku-gal-la: uku is a value of UG, which is a Babylonian sign found, for example, in the Cyrus Cylinder. It equals both ûmu, meaning “day,” and šarru, meaning “king” (Br. 3861 and 3862). gal-la (see on line 8).
10. dimmer Mer uku An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
10. dimmer Mer uku An-na bi-maḥ ḥad-ê-a mu-zu an-zak-ku
O Adad, king of Anu, in the mighty thunder and the lightning flash thou declarest thy name.
O Adad, king of Anu, in the powerful thunder and the lightning flash, you announce your name.
11. mu-zu kalam-ma mu-un-rù-rù-rù
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mu-zu kalam-ma mu-un-rù-rù-rù
Thy name is mightily magnificent in the earth.
Your name is incredibly magnificent on Earth.
mu-zu (see on line 1).
mu-zu (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
kalam-ma: kalam as a value is related to the sign-name KALAMMU and equals mâtu, “land” (Br. 5914). We have already had the value un (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). ma is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
kalam-ma: kalam as a value is tied to the sign-name KALAMMU and is equivalent to mâtu, meaning “land” (Br. 5914). We've already discussed the value un (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). ma serves as a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
mu-un-rù-rù-rù: mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). rù-rù-rù (see Hymn to Sin, line 14). A double form like rù-rù is common, but the triple form is rare, and expresses a very unusual emphasis.
mu-un-rù-rù-rù: mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). rù-rù-rù (see Hymn to Sin, line 14). A double form like rù-rù is common, but the triple form is rare and adds a very unique emphasis.
12. me-lam-zu kalam-ma tug-gim im-mi-in-dul
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ me-lam-zu kalam-ma tug-gim im-mi-in-dul
The brightness covers the land like a garment.
The brightness spreads across the land like a blanket.
me-lam-zu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21).
me-lam-zu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
kalam-ma (see on line 11).
kalam-ma (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
tug-gim: tug equals ṣubâtu, “clothing” (Br. 10551). gim is an EK form. We have had the ES form dim (Hymn to Sin, line 11).
tug-gim: tug means ṣubâtu, “clothing” (Br. 10551). gim is an EK form. We have seen the ES form dim (Hymn to Sin, line 11).
im-mi-in-dul: im is an indeterminate verbal prefix, but commonly used for the third person (see Br. p. 545). mi-in is a verbal infix, used chiefly of the third person (MSL. pp. XXIV and XXXII). Its antecedent here is kalam-ma. dul equals katâmu, “cover”, but du also equals šubtu, “dwelling” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14), connoting in both instances the idea “cover, shelter”.
im-mi-in-dul: im is an uncertain verbal prefix, but it's often used for the third person (see Br. p. 545). mi-in is a verbal infix, mainly used for the third person (MSL. pp. XXIV and XXXII). Its antecedent here is kalam-ma. dul means katâmu, “cover,” but du also means šubtu, “dwelling” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14), suggesting the idea of “cover, shelter” in both cases.
13. za ḥad aka-zu-šù kur-gal a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil sag im-da-sig-gi
13. for the great land of Mu-ul-lil, a significant place of power
The stone of the sceptre of thy thunder strikes the head of the great mountain, father Bêl.
The stone of your thunder scepter strikes the head of the great mountain, Father Bêl.
za equals abnu, “stone” (Br. 11721 and Hymn to Sin, line 18). There is another sign used more commonly than ZÂU to represent “stone”; namely, DAḲḲU.
za equals abnu, “stone” (Br. 11721 and Hymn to Sin, line 18). There is another sign that's used more often than ZÂU to represent “stone”; specifically, DAḲḲU.
ḥad (see on line 1).
ḥad (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
aka-zu-šù: aka equals ramâmu, “roar” (Br. 4746). The meaning of RAM as ramâmu seems to come through mnemonic paronomasia by way of the value aka as equal to râmu, “love”. It is important to distinguish ramâmu from Ramman, an Assyrian name for Mer meaning “thunderer”, as well as from ramânu, “self”. ramânu self is often a pun on Ramman. zu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21). šù (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
aka-zu-šù: aka means ramâmu, “roar” (Br. 4746). The meaning of RAM as ramâmu appears to come from a memory trick using the similarity of sounds between aka and râmu, “love”. It's important to differentiate ramâmu from Ramman, which is an Assyrian name for Mer meaning “thunderer”, and also from ramânu, “self”. The term ramânu for self often plays on the similarity with Ramman. zu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21). šù (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
kur-gal: kur (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). gal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
kur-gal: kur (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). gal (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). In the Hymn to Bêl (line 16), Bêl seems to be called a mountain. The thought probably is suggested by E-kur of Nippur.
a-a dimmer Mu-ul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3). In the Hymn to Bêl (line 16), Bêl appears to be referred to as a mountain. This idea is likely inspired by E-kur of Nippur.
14. urša-zu àma gal dimmer Nin-lil ba-e-di-ḥu-laḥ-e
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ urša-zu àma gal dimmer Nin-lil ba-e-di-ḥu-laḥ-e
Thy thunder terrifies the great mother Bêlit.
Your thunder terrifies the great mother Bêlit.
urša equals ramâmu (Br. 8556). ur is a value of ḤAR which itself may mean ramâmu (Br. 8539) and ša is a value of DU which we know means alâku. urša must mean “advancing thunder”.
urša equals ramâmu (Br. 8556). ur represents a value of ḤAR, which can also mean ramâmu (Br. 8539), and ša holds a value of DU, known to mean alâku. Therefore, urša must mean “advancing thunder.”
àma equals ummu, “mother”. The idea of “mother” arises out of “amplitude”, which the sign is intended pictorially to represent. damal is a common value of the same sign (see Hymn to Bêl, line 10).
àma means ummu, “mother”. The concept of “mother” comes from “amplitude”, which the sign is meant to visually depict. damal is a common value of the same sign (see Hymn to Bêl, line 10).
gal (Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
girl (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Nin-lil. Nin-lil is the Sumerian name of Bêlit, the consort of Bêl. Nin equals Bêltu, “lady”. lil has the same meaning as in En-lil or Mul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Nin-lil is exactly the reverse with respect to sex of En-lil. Bêlit, like Bêl, had a temple at Nippur which dates back apparently to the time 63 of the early dynasties of Ur. It was, however, simply a dim shadow of the temple of Bêl. The goddess of the divine family never achieved the popularity attained by the god, the father of the family. Besides being called Nin-lil, “lady of mercy” (Br. 5932), she was sometimes called Nin-ḥar-sag, “lady of the high mountain”, which would indicate that she dwelt with Bêl in E-kur, “the mountain house”. Under the name of Nin-ḥar-sag, Bêlit had a temple also at Girsu, one of the divisions of the town of Lagaš. Nin-ḥar-sag was sometimes addressed as “the mother of the gods”.
dimmer Nin-lil. Nin-lil is the Sumerian name for Bêlit, the partner of Bêl. Nin means Bêltu, “lady.” lil has the same meaning as in En-lil or Mul-lil (see Hymn to Bêl, line 2). Nin-lil is the opposite in gender to En-lil. Bêlit, like Bêl, had a temple at Nippur that seems to date back to the early dynasties of Ur. However, it was just a faint reflection of the temple of Bêl. The goddess of the divine family never gained the same popularity as the god, the father of the family. Besides being called Nin-lil, “lady of mercy” (Br. 5932), she was sometimes referred to as Nin-ḥar-sag, “lady of the high mountain,” which suggests she lived with Bêl in E-kur, “the mountain house.” Under the name Nin-ḥar-sag, Bêlit also had a temple at Girsu, one of the sections of the city of Lagaš. Nin-ḥar-sag was sometimes called “the mother of the gods.”
ba-e-di-ḥu-láḥ-e is a verb. ba is an indeterminate verbal prefix. Here it is third person (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). di is an unusual infix; it is probably used here in the interest of vowel harmony for da (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). ḥu-láḥ is the verb itself and is equal to galâtu, “frighten” (Br. 2076). On closer analysis, ḥu must be a prefix of generalization; for example ḥu may equal amêlu, “man” (Br. 2050). láḥ must be the real verb; it is equal to galâtu (Br. 6166). e must be a vowel of prolongation. The usual phonetic complement after láḥ is ḥa.
ba-e-di-ḥu-láḥ-e is a verb. ba is an indefinite verbal prefix. Here it is in the third person (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). di is an uncommon infix; it is probably used here for vowel harmony with da (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). ḥu-láḥ is the main verb and is equivalent to galâtu, meaning “frighten” (Br. 2076). Upon further analysis, ḥu must be a generalization prefix; for example, ḥu can mean amêlu, “man” (Br. 2050). láḥ must be the core verb; it is equivalent to galâtu (Br. 6166). e must be a prolongation vowel. The typical phonetic complement following láḥ is ḥa.
The fear of the lightning of Adad in this hymn is somewhat like that expressed in the Babylonian Epic of Gilgameš, Eleventh Tablet. The lord of the storm caused the heavens to rain heavily. There arose from the foundation of heaven a black cloud. The thunderbearers marched over mountain and plain, and Ninib continued pouring out rain and Adad’s violence reached to heaven. The southern blast blew hard. Like a battle-charge upon mankind the waters rushed. One could no longer see an other. The gods were dismayed at the flood. They sought refuge by ascending the highest heaven, cowering like dogs. On the battlements of heaven they crouched and Ištar screamed like a woman in travail.
The fear of Adad's lightning in this hymn is somewhat similar to what’s found in the Babylonian Epic of Gilgamesh, Eleventh Tablet. The lord of the storm made the heavens pour down rain heavily. A dark cloud rose from the sky. The thunderers moved across mountains and plains, and Ninib kept pouring out rain while Adad's fury reached to the heavens. The southern winds blew fiercely. The waters surged over humanity like a battle charge. People couldn’t see each other anymore. The gods were terrified by the flood. They looked for safety by climbing to the highest heaven, huddling together like dogs. On the walls of heaven, they crouched, and Ishtar screamed like a woman in labor.
15. dingir En-lil-li dumu-ni dimmer Mer-ra à mu-un-da-an-aka
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ god En-lil's son bright Mer-ra has come
Bêl to his son Mer measures out power:
Bêl gives power to his son Mer:
dingir En-lil-li: Bêl’s name has appeared before in this hymn, but in the ES form (line 13). dingir En-lil (see Hymn to Sin, line 5). li (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
dingir En-lil-li: Bêl’s name has come up earlier in this hymn, but in the ES form (line 13). dingir En-lil (see Hymn to Sin, line 5). li (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
dumu-ni: (see on line 3). ni (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
dumu-ni: (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ni (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
à (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14) = ID.
at (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__) = ID.
mu-un-da-an-aka: mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). da-an is a verbal infix (MSL. pp. XXIV and XXXII). Its antecedent here is dumu-ni. aka: we have had aka equal to ramâmu (line 13), but here we have aka equal to madâdu, “measure out”. madâdu, “measure out”, is a pun on madâdu, “love” (thus MSL. p. 21).
mu-un-da-an-aka: mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). da-an is a verbal infix (MSL. pp. XXIV and XXXII). Its antecedent here is dumu-ni. aka: we have had aka equal to ramâmu (line 13), but here we have aka equal to madâdu, “measure out”. madâdu, “measure out”, is a play on words with madâdu, “love” (thus MSL. p. 21).
16. mulu dumu-mu û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá
16. mulu dumu-mu û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá
Thou who art my son, the day thou didst lift up the eye, the day thou didst look!
You, who are my son, the day you opened your eyes, the day you looked!
mulu: The sign is the usual ideogram for “man”, but may stand for the Assyrian ša, as here. Note that the sign takes the value lu in composition (see Hymn to Bêl, line 20).
mulu: The symbol is the standard ideogram for “man,” but it might represent the Assyrian ša, as used here. Keep in mind that in combination, the symbol has the value lu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 20).
dumu-mu: dumu (see line 3). mu is a suffix of the first person (Br. 1241). There are three pronominal mu’s. First, the determinate pronominal suffix mu of the first person, cognate with ma-e, the personal pronoun of the first person; this is the mu we have here. Secondly, there is a mu of mu-un, the indeterminate verbal prefix. mun or mu-un is simply this mu nasalized. We have had this mu quite often. Finally, there is another mu, an indeterminate suffix, which is related to mu of mu-un, rather than to mu, the cognate of ma-e. This indeterminate mu is found at the end of relative clauses. We shall meet it in the Hymn to Tammuz (see below).
dumu-mu: dumu (see line 3). mu is a suffix for the first person (Br. 1241). There are three forms of the pronoun mu. First, the definite pronominal suffix mu for the first person, which is related to ma-e, the personal pronoun for the first person; this is the mu we have here. Secondly, there is a mu in mu-un, the indefinite verbal prefix. mun or mu-un is simply this mu nasalized. We have encountered this mu frequently. Finally, there is another mu, an indefinite suffix, which is related to the mu in mu-un, rather than the mu that is cognate with ma-e. This indefinite mu appears at the end of relative clauses. We will see it in the Hymn to Tammuz (see below).
û (see Hymn to Sin, line 17).
û (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
um-me-ši-si-si is a verb. um-me is a indeterminate verbal prefix, but is chosen here for the second person, since mu-un is so often used for the third person. umme is not a very common prefix. It stands for ume which is a shortened form of umeni. ši: ŠI with the value ige or ide we have seen equals înu, “eye” (see Hymn to Sin, line 16). ši here, however, seems to be regarded as a part of the verbal stem and hence slips in between the prefix and the root. si-si (see Hymn to Bêl, line 22). The Sumerian idiom means “fill the eye”.
um-me-ši-si-si is a verb. um-me is an indeterminate verbal prefix, but it's chosen here for the second person since mu-un is often used for the third person. umme is not a very common prefix. It stands for ume, which is a shortened form of umeni. ši: ŠI with the value ige or ide we have seen equals înu, “eye” (see Hymn to Sin, line 16). ši here, however, seems to be regarded as part of the verbal stem and hence fits in between the prefix and the root. si-si (see Hymn to Bêl, line 22). The Sumerian idiom means “fill the eye.”
um-me-ši-lá-lá: um-me-ši (just explained). lá-lá: lá is a value of LALLU which occurs as a phonetic complement in the word En-lil-lá (Hymn to Sin, line 5) also equals našû, “lift up” (Br. 10101).
um-me-ši-lá-lá: um-me-ši (just explained). lá-lá: lá is a value of LALLU that appears as a phonetic complement in the word En-lil-lá (Hymn to Sin, line 5) also equals našû, “lift up” (Br. 10101).
17. dimmer Mer-ri û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer Mer-ri û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá
O Adad, the day thou didst lift up the eye, the day thou didst look!
O Adad, the day you lifted your gaze, the day you looked!
dimmer Mer (see on line 2). ri (see Hymn to Bêl, line 19).
dimmer Mer (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ri (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá (see on line 16).
û um-me-ši-si-si û um-me-ši-lá-lá (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
18. û iminna-bi-meš ba-gan-tal-lá û um-me-ši-lá-lá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ û iminna-bi-meš ba-gan-tal-lá û um-me-ši-lá-lá
During those seven days thou didst blow a full blast, when thou didst look.
During those seven days, you blew a full blast when you looked.
û (see Hymn to Sin, line 17).
û (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
iminna-bi-meš: iminna is the Sumerian word for “seven”. The sign in our text consists of seven uprights, four above and three below. The Assyrian form consists of three above, three in the middle and one at the bottom. bi is the demonstrative pronoun 65 = “those” (Br. 5134 and Hymn to Sin, line 27). meš is the Sumerian sign of the plural number (Br. 10470). The sign is composed of ME and EŠ and means “many”.
iminna-bi-meš: iminna is the Sumerian word for “seven.” The sign in our text has seven vertical lines, with four on top and three on the bottom. The Assyrian version has three on top, three in the middle, and one at the bottom. bi means “those” (Br. 5134 and Hymn to Sin, line 27). meš is the Sumerian symbol for the plural (Br. 10470). The sign is made up of ME and EŠ and means “many.”
ba-gan-tal-lá: ba (see on line 14); ba = prefix. gan is an infix here of adverbial and corroborative character (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). tal is a value of RI equal to zâḳu, “blow” (Br. 2581). We assume tal to be the correct value because of the following LALLU = lá (see on line 16).
ba-gan-tal-lá: ba (see on line 14); ba = prefix. gan is an infix here with an adverbial and corroborative role (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). tal represents a value of RI equal to zâḳu, which means “blow” (Br. 2581). We believe tal is the correct value based on the following LALLU = lá (see on line 16).
û um-me-ši-lá-lá (see line 16). This interesting statement on the flood agrees entirely with the story of the flood in the Eleventh Tablet of the Babylonian Epic of Gilgameš. The difference between the length of the Hebrew and that of the Babylonian deluge is significant. The narrative of Pirnapištim, the Babylonian Noah, is quite graphic. He represents the gods as seated weeping, their lips covered in fear. Six days and nights the wind blew. When the seventh day appeared, the storm subsided, the sea began to dry and the flood was ended. He looked upon the sea, mankind was turned to clay, corpses floated like reeds. He opened the window. He sent forth a dove which returned. He sent forth a raven, which saw the carrion on the water, ate, and wandered away, but did not return. He built an altar on the peak of the mountain and set forth vessels by sevens. The gods smelled the savour and gathered to the sacrifice, and the great goddess lifted up the rainbow which Anu had created. Those days he thought upon and forgot not.
û um-me-ši-lá-lá (see line 16). This fascinating remark about the flood completely aligns with the flood story in the Eleventh Tablet of the Babylonian Epic of Gilgamesh. The difference in length between the Hebrew and Babylonian accounts of the flood is noteworthy. The tale of Pirnapištim, the Babylonian equivalent of Noah, is quite vivid. He depicts the gods as sitting in sorrow, their lips quivering with fear. For six days and nights, the wind howled. When the seventh day came, the storm calmed down, the sea started to recede, and the flood came to an end. He gazed upon the sea, where humanity was reduced to clay, and corpses floated like reeds. He opened a window. He released a dove, which returned. He then released a raven, which saw the carrion on the water, fed on it, and wandered off, but did not come back. He constructed an altar on the mountain peak and offered up vessels in sets of seven. The gods caught the scent and gathered for the sacrifice, and the great goddess raised the rainbow that Anu had created. Those days were ones he remembered and did not forget.
It was the day of the word of thy judgment, O bull-god of the abyss, the day thou didst look.
It was the day of your judgment, O bull-god of the abyss, the day you looked.
û (line 16).
û (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ì equals amâtu, “word” (Br. 518, see also Hymn to Sin, line 16).
ì equals amâtu, “word” (Br. 518, see also Hymn to Sin, line 16).
di-zu-ka: di equals dênu, “judgment” (Br. 9525 and Hymn to Bêl, line 7). zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 21). ka = nota genitivi (Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
di-zu-ka: di means dênu, “judgment” (Br. 9525 and Hymn to Bêl, line 7). zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 21). ka = genitive note (Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
ḥàr-ḥa-ra is the same as ḥàr-ḥar-a. ḥàr is a value of GUṬṬU, meaning ḳardu, “heroic one” (MSL. p. 174). We have had the sign with the value gù (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ḥa-ra, phonetic representation of ḥàr-a, with the same meaning as ḥàr of GUṬṬU, plus phonetic complement.
ḥàr-ḥa-ra is the same as ḥàr-ḥar-a. ḥàr represents a value of GUṬṬU, meaning ḳardu, “heroic one” (MSL. p. 174). We have encountered the sign with the value gù (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ḥa-ra, which is the phonetic representation of ḥàr-a, has the same meaning as ḥàr of GUṬṬU, along with a phonetic complement.
ab-ba: ab equals tâmtu, “sea” (Br. 3822). The common word for “sea” is AB.ZU, written ZU.AB, meaning “sea of wisdom”, the abode of Ea, the god of wisdom. ab also equals aptu, “abyss” (Br. 3815). ab, “sea”, or “abyss” is a shortened form of a-ab, 66 “water enclosure”, “water space”. AB with the value éš we have had (Hymn to Sin, line 10).
ab-ba: ab means tâmtu, “sea” (Br. 3822). The standard term for “sea” is AB.ZU, written ZU.AB, which translates to “sea of wisdom”, the home of Ea, the god of wisdom. ab also translates to aptu, “abyss” (Br. 3815). ab, meaning “sea” or “abyss”, is a shorter version of a-ab, 66 “water enclosure”, “water space”. AB with the value éš we have had (Hymn to Sin, line 10).
û um-me-ši-lá-lá (line 16).
you are amazing (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
20. nim-gir luḥ su-ši-šù mu-ra-du-ud
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ nim-gir luḥ su-ši-šù mu-ra-du-ud
As the lightning, a messenger for terror, thou didst go.
As the lightning, a messenger of fear, you went.
nim-gir equals birḳu, “lightning” (Br. 9020). nim-gir literally means “high lightning”. nim equals elû, “high”. gir alone equals birḳu (Br. 306). The sign GIRÛ in its primitive form is a picture of a “dagger”. From the conception of the “dagger”, there is, of course, but a short step to that of the forked lightning.
nim-gir means birḳu, “lightning” (Br. 9020). nim-gir literally translates to “high lightning.” nim translates to elû, “high.” gir by itself means birḳu (Br. 306). The sign GIRÛ in its original form is a depiction of a “dagger.” From the idea of the “dagger,” it’s just a small step to the concept of forked lightning.
luḥ equals sukkallu, “messenger” (Br. 6170). We have had the sign SUKKALLU with the value laḥ (line 14, laḥ, and Hymn to Sin, line 27).
luḥ equals sukkallu, “messenger” (Br. 6170). We have seen the sign SUKKALLU with the value laḥ (line 14, laḥ, and Hymn to Sin, line 27).
su-ši-šù equals noun su-ši and postposition šù. su-ši: SU.ŠI means “increase of eye” and eqnals šalummatu which means “splendour”, or perhaps “terror”. SU.ŠI might be read su-lim. SU.ZI, however, has the same meaning (see Br. 235 and 187, also MSL. p. 298), proving the reading SU.ŠI.
su-ši-šù is made up of the noun su-ši and the postposition šù. su-ši: SU.ŠI means “increase of eye” and is equivalent to šalummatu, which means “splendour”, or possibly “terror”. SU.ŠI might also be read as su-lim. However, SU.ZI has the same meaning (see Br. 235 and 187, also MSL. p. 298), confirming the reading SU.ŠI.
mu-ra-du-ud: mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ra is an infix of adverbial character denoting motion (MSL. p. XXIV). du-ud is no doubt for du-du, an intensified form of du (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23, gin).
mu-ra-du-ud: mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ra is an infix that acts as an adverb indicating motion (MSL. p. XXIV). du-ud likely represents du-du, which is an intensified version of du (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23, gin).
21. mulu dumu-mu rù gin-na-gin-na a-ba zi-gi-en te-ga
21. mulu dumu-mu rù gin-na-gin-na a-ba zi-gi-en te-ga
When thou who art my son goest violently about, who can attack like thee?
When you, my son, go about aggressively, who can challenge you like that?
mulu dumu-mu (see on line 16).
mulu dumu-mu (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
rù equals naḳâpu, “break forth violently”, or “storm furiously”, (Br. 9144). Here we come near to the primary idea of the sign which is that of “the goring bull” (see Hymn to Sin, line 14).
rù equals naḳâpu, “break forth violently” or “storm furiously” (Br. 9144). Here we get close to the primary idea of the sign, which is that of “the goring bull” (see Hymn to Sin, line 14).
gin-na-gin-na: DU = alâku may have any one of three values, gin, tum or rà (Br. 4871). gin is the correct value here, as is shown by the phonetic complement na. The value du must be closely related to tum and gin. du by change of d to t and by addition of the nasal m becomes tum. tum by change of t to g, of u to i and of m to n becomes gin.
gin-na-gin-na: DU = alâku can have one of three values, gin, tum, or rà (Br. 4871). Here, gin is the correct value, as indicated by the phonetic complement na. The value du is likely related to both tum and gin. By changing d to t and adding the nasal m, du becomes tum. Then, by changing t to g, u to i, and m to n, tum becomes gin.
a-ba equals mannu, “who” (Br. 11370). See also below.
a-ba equals mannu, “who” (Br. 11370). See also below.
zi-gi-en probably is a phonetic and dialectic form for za-e-gim (line 22).
zi-gi-en is likely a phonetic and dialectical version of za-e-gim (line 22).
te-ga: te equals ṭeḥû, “attack” (Br. 7688). ga: BA is probably dialectic for ga (Br. 103) which would be the same as PISANNU, i. e., bašû, “being”, or šakânu, “establishing”.
te-ga: te refers to ṭeḥû, “attack” (Br. 7688). ga: BA is likely a dialect form of ga (Br. 103), which would correspond to PISANNU, meaning bašû, “being”, or šakânu, “establishing”.
Reverse
22. ki-bala ḥul gíg a-a muḥ-zu-šù a-ba za-e-gim te-ga
22. ki-bala ḥul gíg a-a muḥ-zu-šù a-ba za-e-gim te-ga
The troublesome evil hostile land, O father, which is against thee, who like thee can attack!
The troublesome, hostile land, O father, that is against you—who can challenge you like that?
ki-bala: ki (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). bala equals palû, “weapon” (Br. 276). From the idea of “weapon”, it is easy to pass to that of “hostility”, expressed by nukurtu (Br. 272).
ki-bala: ki (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). bala means palû, “weapon” (Br. 276). From the concept of “weapon”, it’s a simple step to the idea of “hostility”, which is expressed by nukurtu (Br. 272).
ḥul equals limnu, “bad” (see Br. 9502 and Hymn to Sin, line 16, ḥùl).
ḥul equals limnu, “bad” (see Br. 9502 and Hymn to Sin, line 16, ḥùl).
gíg equals marṣu, “sick” (Br. 9235). The sign is composite, the principal element of which is MI meaning “black”.
gíg is equal to marṣu, “sick” (Br. 9235). The sign is made up of several parts, with the main element being MI, which means “black”.
a-a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
a-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
muḥ-zu-šù: muḥ equals eli, “upon”, or “against” (Br. 8841). zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 21). šù (Hymn to Bêl, line 15) governs the phrase muḥ-zu.
muḥ-zu-šù: muḥ means eli, “upon”, or “against” (Br. 8841). zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 21). šù (Hymn to Bêl, line 15) controls the phrase muḥ-zu.
a-ba (see on line 21).
a-ba (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
za-e-gim: za-e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). gim (see line 12).
za-e-gim: za-e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). gim (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
te-ga (see on line 21).
te-ga (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
23. ná imi tur-tur-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga
23. ná imi tur-tur-e šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga
The little stone of the storm do thou take. Who can attack like thee!
The small stone from the storm, you should take. Who can strike like you!
ná: DAḲḲU has three values for abnu, “stone”, za, ṣi and ná. We have also had the sign ZA with the value za equal to abnu (line 13). No doubt DAḲḲU indicates “hailstone” here.
ná: DAḲḲU has three meanings for abnu, which is “stone”: za, ṣi, and ná. We have also encountered the sign ZA with the value za, corresponding to abnu (line 13). Clearly, DAḲḲU refers to “hailstone” in this context.
imi is the common value of the sign IMMU for šâru, “storm” (Br. 8369).
imi is the standard value of the sign IMMU for šâru, “storm” (Br. 8369).
tur-tur-e: tur (see Hymn to Sin, line 28, ban-da). The sign is DUMU (lines 3, 15 and 16). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
tur-tur-e: tur (see Hymn to Sin, line 28, ban-da). The sign is DUMU (lines 3, 15 and 16). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
šú-um-me-ti: šú is a part of the verbal conjugation (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25), making it causal. um-me (see on line 16). ti equals laḳû, “take” (Br. 1700). This is the same word as ti meaning “life” (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
šú-um-me-ti: šú is part of the verb conjugation (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25), which makes it causal. um-me (see line 16). ti means laḳû, “take” (Br. 1700). This is the same word as ti meaning “life” (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
a-ba za-e-gim te-ga (see on line 22).
a-ba za-e-gim te-ga (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
The large stone do thou take. Who like thee can attack!
Take the big stone. Who else can challenge you?
ná (see on line 23).
nah (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
gal-gal-e: gal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
gal-gal-e: gal (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). e (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga (see line 23).
šú-um-me-ti a-ba za-e-gim te-ga (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
Thy little stone, thy large stone, on it (the land) let it be!
Your little stone, your large stone, let it be on the land!
ná (see on line 23).
ná (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
gal-gal-zu: gal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14). zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 21).
gal-gal-zu: gal (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). zu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
tur-tur-zu: tur (see on line 23).
tur-tur-zu: tur (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
muḥ-ba: muḥ (see line 22). ba is a pronominal suffix of the third person singular (Br. 114).
muḥ-ba: muḥ (see line 22). ba is a third person singular pronoun suffix (Br. 114).
ù-me-ám verb in the imperative mood. ù-me, the same as um-me (line 16). ám (see Hymn to Bêl, line 12).
ù-me-ám verb in the command form. ù-me, the same as um-me (line 16). ám (see Hymn to Bêl, line 12).
26. ki-bala-a zi-da-zu ù-mu-e-gul da bur su ù-mu-e-se
26. ki-bala-a zi-da-zu ù-mu-e-gul da bur su ù-mu-e-se
The hostile land thy right hand destroys. It gives complete destruction (?)
The hostile land your right hand destroys. It leads to total destruction.
ki-bala-a (see on line 22). a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9).
ki-bala-a (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
zi-da-zu: zi equals imnu, “right hand” (Br. 2312). da is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21).
zi-da-zu: zi means imnu, “right hand” (Br. 2312). da is a phonetic complement (see Hymn to Bêl, line 4). zu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 21).
ù-mu-e-gul: ù is an indeterminate verbal prefix; it is used of the third person (Br. p. 547; see also Hymn to Bêl, line 1). mu-e constitutes a double verbal infix, the mu being pronominal and the e adverbial. mu (see line 16 and Hymn to Bêl, line 18). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). gul equals abâtu, “destroy” (Br. 8954).
ù-mu-e-gul: ù is an uncertain verbal prefix used for the third person (Br. p. 547; see also Hymn to Bêl, line 1). mu-e is a double verbal infix, where mu serves as a pronoun and e acts as an adverb. mu (see line 16 and Hymn to Bêl, line 18). e (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). gul means abâtu, “destroy” (Br. 8954).
da equals idu, “strength” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). bur equals nasâḥu, “tear away” (Br. 7528). The sign SÎRU occurs only here in all of the four hymns of this Thesis. su is the common word for “body”, represented by zumru (Br. 172). This translation is only provisional.
da means idu, “strength” (see Hymn to Bêl, line 16). bur means nasâḥu, “tear away” (Br. 7528). The sign SÎRU appears only here in all four hymns of this Thesis. su is the common word for “body,” represented by zumru (Br. 172). This translation is only temporary.
ù-mu-e-se: ù-mu-e (just explained). se equals nadânu, “give” (Br. 4418). Brünnow gives to the sign the value sí, when it stands for nadânu.
ù-mu-e-se: ù-mu-e (as just explained). se means nadânu, "give" (Br. 4418). Brünnow assigns the sign a value of sí when it represents nadânu.
27. dimmer Mer-ri dug-dug-ga a-a muḥ-na-šù geš-ni ba-ši-in-ag
27. dimmer Mer-ri dug-dug-ga a-a muḥ-na-šù geš-ni ba-ši-in-ag
Adad, when he speaks (to one), O father, on him he imposes his government.
Adad, when he speaks to someone, O father, places his authority upon them.
dimmer Mer-ri (see on line 17).
dimmer Mer-ri (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dug-dug-ga is a ḥal-clause equal to “in commanding”. dug (see Hymn to Sin, line 15).
dug-dug-ga is a ḥal-clause meaning “in commanding”. dug (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
a-a (see Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
a-a (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
muḥ-na-šù: muḥ (see line 22). na, pronominal suffix of the third person (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). šù (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
muḥ-na-šù: muḥ (see line 22). na, third person pronominal suffix (see Hymn to Bêl, line 1). šù (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
geš-ni: geš equals šutêšuru, “government” (Br. 5706). ni (Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
geš-ni: geš equals šutêšuru, “government” (Br. 5706). ni (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ba-ši-in-ag: ba (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25). Suffix ši-in (see Hymn to Sin, line 16). ag (see Hymn to Bêl, line 25).
ba-ši-in-ag: ba (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). Suffix ši-in (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). ag (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
Father Adad, when he comes out of the house he fixes the day of judgment.
Father Adad, when he steps outside the house, sets the date for judgment day.
è-ta: è (see Hymn to Sin, line 3). ta (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
è-ta: è (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ta (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ê-a-ni: ê (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15). a is a vowel of prolongation, which ê is accustomed to take (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ni (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
ê-a-ni: ê (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15). a is a vowel for extending sounds, which ê often takes (see Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ni (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
û (see Hymn to Sin, line 17).
û (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ì (see on line 19).
i (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
di (see on line 19).
di (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
When he comes out of the house out of the city, he fixes the mighty day.
When he steps out of the house and into the city, he brightens the day.
è-ta (see on line 28).
è-ta (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
eri-ta: eri (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
eri-ta: eri (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ê-a-ni (see on line 28).
ê-a-ni (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
uku (see on line 9).
uku (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ban-da equals ekdu, “strong” (Br. 4127). ban-da, following the idea “strength”, also equals “young” (see Hymn to Sin, line 28).
ban-da means ekdu, “strong” (Br. 4127). ban-da, reflecting the concept of “strength”, also means “young” (see Hymn to Sin, line 28).
na-nam (see line 28).
na-nam (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
When he establishes himself out of the city, out of heaven, he fixes the day of curse.
When he sets himself away from the city, away from heaven, he marks the day of the curse.
eri-ta (see line 29).
eri-ta (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
an-na-ta: an-na (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ta (see Hymn to Bêl, line 15).
an-na-ta: an-na (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ta (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
gar-ra-ni: gar equals šakânu, “establish” (Br. 11978). ra, phonetic complement, (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). ni (see line 28).
gar-ra-ni: gar means šakânu, “establish” (Br. 11978). ra, phonetic complement, (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). ni (see line 28).
û (see Hymn to Sin, line 17).
û (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ì (see on line 19).
ì (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ḥar-ra: ḥar equals uṣurtu, “curse” (Br. 8545). ra, phonetic complement.
ḥar-ra: ḥar means uṣurtu, “curse” (Br. 8545). ra is a phonetic complement.
na-nam (see on line 28).
na-nam (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
31. .. êr lim-ma dimmer Mer
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ .. êr lim-ma dimmer Mer
.... Hymn to Adad.
Hymn to Adad.
Chapter IV
Tablet 29628, Plate 19, Hymn to Tammuz
Obverse
1. šes-e tuš(KU)-e-na eri êr(A.ŠI)-ra na-nam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ šes-e tuš(KU)-e-na eri êr(A.ŠI)-ra na-nam
To the brother whose dwelling is the city of weeping, thus:
To the brother who lives in the city of sorrow, this:
2. a-kala šes-e tab An-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-kala šes-e tab An-na
The mightiness of the brother, the companion of Anu!
The strength of the brother, the partner of Anu!
3. a-kala à(ID)-ba en dimmer Dumu(TUR)-zi
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ a-kala à(ID)-ba in dimmer Dumu(TUR)-zi
The mightiness of his power, the lord Tammuz!
The strength of his power, Lord Tammuz!
4. dumu(TUR) è(BIT)-gal-a-ni nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dumu(TUR) è(BIT)-gal-a-ni nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
The son whose temple is not far away!
The son whose temple isn't far away!
5. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) è(BIT) An-na-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) è(BIT) An-na-ka im-me
The shining one of Ištar, who is in the house of Anu!
The bright one of Ištar, who is in the house of Anu!
6. mulu ú-sun-na-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ú-sun-na-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one of plant-germination, who is not far away!
The one of plant germination, who is not far away!
7. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) za NANNA Unug(UNU)-ki-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) za NANNA Unug(UNU)-ki-ka im-me
The shining one of Ištar, who is the NANNA-stone of Erech!
The bright one of Ištar, who is the NANNA-stone of Erech!
8. mulu zib(KA)-ba-ra-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu zib(KA)-ba-ra-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
The one of speech, who is not far away!
The one who speaks, who is not far away!
9. bara-ka azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) te ki-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bara-ka azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) te ki-ka im-me
In the temple, the shining one of Ištar, who is the foundation of the land!
In the temple, the radiant Ištar, who is the foundation of the land!
10. mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge(KIT) nu mu-un-su(SUD,SUG)-ga-mu
The one of much wine, who is not far away!
The one who drinks a lot of wine, who isn’t far away!
11. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) šà(LIB)-mu ú-sun mu-un-si-mal(IG)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge(KIT) šà(LIB)-mu ú-sun mu-un-si-mal(IG)
The shining one of Ištar, whose heart is full of plant-production!
The bright one of Ištar, whose heart is full of growing plants!
12. mulu ḥul-mal(IG) nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ḥul-mal(IG) nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one enduring evil, who is not far away!
The one lasting evil, who is so close!
13. dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) kaš(BI)-ra-bi mu-un-šub(RU)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) kaš(BI)-ra-bi mu-un-šub(RU)
The wine-god of Anu, to whom they present their offering!
The wine god of Anu, to whom they make their offering!
14. mulu ú-sun-na-ge(KIT) a-na-ám(A.AN) šú-ba ab-rù(UL)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ú-sun-na-ge(KIT) a-na-ám(A.AN) šú-ba ab-rù(UL)
The one of plant-germination, what does his hand ordain!
The one of plant germination, what does his hand create!
15. mulu zib(KA)-ba-ra-ge(KIT)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu zib(KA)-ba-ra-ge(KIT)
The one of speech!
The speech one!
16. mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge(KIT)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge(KIT)
The one of much wine!
The one with a lot of wine!
17. mulu ḥul-mal(IG) a-na-ám(A.AN) šú-ba ab-gin(DU)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ḥul-mal(IG) a-na-ám(A.AN) šú-ba ab-gin(DU)
The one who endures evil, whither does his hand go!
The one who withstands evil, where does his hand reach!
18. dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) PAḤÂDU sigišše-ra mu-un-šub(RU)-bi
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) PAḤÂDU sigišše-ra mu-un-šub(RU)-bi
The wine-god of Anu, to whom they offer the lamb of sacrifice!
The wine god of Anu, to whom they offer a sacrificial lamb!
19. nim-me azag dimmer Nanâ-ra ì(KA) mu-un-na-ab-e-e
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ nim-me azag dimmer Nanâ-ra ì(KA) mu-un-na-ab-e-e
The lofty one, the shining one of Ištar, to whom they speak!
The exalted one, the radiant one of Ištar, to whom they call out!
The lofty one of earth who is the abundance of the land, to whom they speak! what do they say?
The high one of the earth who has the abundance of the land, to whom they speak! What are they saying?
21. è(BIT) kaš(BI)-a-ka è(BIT) gurun(KIL)-na-ka dumu(TUR) mu-lu azag zu-ge(KIT) ne-ne mu-un-til-li
21. It's like a beautiful dream that brings an intense feeling of joy and wonder into one’s heart.
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the shining one of wisdom, who indeed lives!
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the brilliant one of wisdom, who truly lives!
22. nim-me azag dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) ì(KA) mu-un-na-ab-e-e
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ nim-me azag dimmer mutin(GEŠTIN) An-na-ge(KIT) ì(KA) mu-un-na-ab-e-e
The lofty one, the shining one, the wine-god of Anu, to whom they speak!
The high one, the bright one, the wine god of Anu, to whom they talk!
23. nim-me ki šes ma-ra an-pad-de(NE) a-na-ám(A.AN) mu-un-ma-al
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ send me your best offer
The lofty one of earth, the brother of the land, to whom they speak! what is it (that they say)?
The high one of the earth, the brother of the land, to whom they talk! What do they say?
Reverse
24. è(BIT) kaš(BI)-a-ka è(BIT) gurun(KIL)-na-ka dumu(TUR) mulu azag zu-ge(KIT) sigišše-sag tuk-a-na
24. it's(BIT) become(BI)-a-re it(BIT) open(KIL)-ing its(TUR) entire world bright and(KIT) shining with joy
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the shining one of wisdom, who has a great sacrifice!
In the place of wine, in the place of fruit, the son, the brilliant one of wisdom, who offers a tremendous sacrifice!
25. ur-sag giš ku-a sag-mal-mal-ge(KIT)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ur-sag giš ku-a sag-mal-mal-ge(KIT)
The hero of great weapons!
The hero of powerful weapons!
26. dimmer mutin (GEŠTIN) An-na-qe(KIT) ú-sun-na saq-mal-mal-ge(KIT)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin (GEŠTIN) An-na-qe(KIT) ú-sun-na saq-mal-mal-ge(KIT)
The wine-god of Anu, the great plant-germinator!
The wine god of Anu, the great plant grower!
27. ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) šes-mu ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) šes-mu ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL)
The germinator of many fruits, the germinator of many fruits, my brother, the germinator of many fruits!
The source of many fruits, the source of many fruits, my brother, the source of many fruits!
28. ú-sun a-ra-li ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) šes-mu ú-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL)
28. you-sun a-ra-li you-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL) she-s-mu you-sun gurun(KIL)-gurun(KIL)
The germinator of the lower world, the germinator of many fruits, my brother, the germinator of may fruits!
The starter of the underworld, the starter of many fruits, my brother, the starter of many fruits!
29. in-nu gíš(UŠ) giš gu-ga-ge(KIT) tàl(ÁŠ)-ta-al-ta-al mu-ib-rá (DU)-rá(DU)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ in-nu gíš(UŠ) giš gu-ga-ge(KIT) tàl(ÁŠ)-ta-al-ta-al mu-ib-rá (DU)-rá(DU)
The vegetable-germinator, the only plant-begetter, who goeth forth!
The vegetable seed starter, the only plant creator, who goes forth!
30. dumu(TUR) zi-ga-na ga-ni šà(LIB)-zi-zi mu-ib-rá(DU)
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dumu(TUR) zi-ga-na ga-ni šà(LIB)-zi-zi mu-ib-rá(DU)
The son of life; in his fulness, in the midst of life goeth.
The son of life; in his entirety, in the middle of life he goes.
31. eš diš êr(A.ŠI)-lim(LIB)-ma dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ eš diš êr(A.ŠI)-lim(LIB)-ma dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam
Thirty lines. Hymn to Tammuz.
Thirty lines. Tammuz hymn.
The salient phases of the rounded out Tammuz story are touched upon in this hymn; viz., his local dwelling in a city where he had a temple; the memorial weeping; his relation to Anu; his lordly power; his specification as “a brother”; his relation to the goddess Ištar; his characteristic and supreme function of plant-germination. Note also that he was the agricultural god of spring vegetation. Offerings of wine were poured out over his bier, he having been humbled to sorrow by banishment to the lower world, where he became a lord over the occult and internal forces inherent beneath the soil of the earth. So he became a god of a new life. The hymn does not seem altogether to confine the germinating work of Tammuz to the vegetation of spring growth, but appears, especially in the Reverse, to include fruit growing which might come later in the season. Possibly this hymn was sung as a dirge at Babylonian anniversaries for the departed Tammuz. The Babylonians at the time of the summer solstice annually commemorated with lamentation the departure of Tammuz to the lower world. He had instructed them that they should gather at his bier and that hired musicians should sing and play and that the people should sacrifice and drink wine.
The key parts of the complete Tammuz story are highlighted in this hymn: his home in a city with a temple; the memorial mourning; his connection to Anu; his royal power; being referred to as “a brother”; his relationship with the goddess Ištar; and his main role in helping plants grow. It's also important to note that he was the god of spring crops. Offerings of wine were poured out over his funeral bier since he was brought low by being exiled to the underworld, where he gained power over the hidden and internal forces found beneath the earth. This is how he became a god of new life. The hymn doesn’t seem to limit Tammuz’s role in plant growth to just spring vegetation but also seems, especially in the Reverse, to encompass fruit growing that might occur later in the season. This hymn may have been sung as a dirge during Babylonian anniversaries for the deceased Tammuz. The Babylonians commemorated Tammuz's departure to the underworld every year at the summer solstice with lamentation. He had instructed them to gather around his bier, have hired musicians sing and play, and for the people to offer sacrifices and drink wine.
Obverse
1. šes-e tuš-e-na eri êr-ra na-nam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ šes-e tuš-e-na eri êr-ra na-nam
To the brother whose dwelling is the city of weeping, thus:
To the brother who lives in the city of sorrow, this:
šes-e: šes same as šis (Hymn to Sin, line 2). e equals ana, “to” (Br. 5847).
šes-e: šes same as šis (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). e equals ana, “to” (Br. 5847).
tuš-e-na: tuš equals ašâbu, “dwell” (Br. 10523). Probably the sign has the same value for šubtu, “dwelling” (Br. 10553). We have had the sign (KU) with the value šù (Hymn to Bêl, line 15). e, vowel of prolongation. na, pronominal suffix (see Hymn to Adad, line 27).
tuš-e-na: tuš means ašâbu, “to dwell” (Br. 10523). It’s likely that the sign has the same value for šubtu, “dwelling” (Br. 10553). We’ve encountered the sign (KU) with the value šù (Hymn to Bêl, line 15). e is a vowel of prolongation. na is a pronominal suffix (see Hymn to Adad, line 27).
eri (Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
eri (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
êr-ra: êr (Hymn to Bêl, Colophon). ra, phonetic complement (Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
êr-ra: êr (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ra, phonetic complement (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
na-nam equals kîam, “thus” (see Br. 1597 and Hymn to Adad, line 28). The words “O my brother” are represented in 73 legend as being first uttered by the sister of Tammuz and then taken up by other mourners. Probably the custom of weeping for Tammuz originated in the city of Eridu.
na-nam equals kîam, “thus” (see Br. 1597 and Hymn to Adad, line 28). The words “O my brother” are shown in 73 legend as being first spoken by Tammuz's sister and then echoed by other mourners. The tradition of mourning for Tammuz likely started in the city of Eridu.
2. a-kala šes-e tab An-na
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ at this time
The mightiness of the brother, the companion of Anu!
The strength of the brother, the companion of Anu!
a-kala is an abstract noun like nam-kala which is equal to dannûtu (Br. 6194). a is an abstract prefix, as in A.DU, equal to a-rá, “going” (MSL. p. XVII). kala equal dannu, “mighty” (Br. 6194).
a-kala is an abstract noun similar to nam-kala, which corresponds to dannûtu (Br. 6194). The prefix a is abstract, like in A.DU, which is equivalent to a-rá, meaning “going” (MSL. p. XVII). The term kala corresponds to dannu, meaning “mighty” (Br. 6194).
tab (see Hymn to Adad, line 6).
tab (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
An-na (see Hymn to Adad, line 3 and Hymn to Bêl, line 18). Tammuz was a companion of Gišzida in the dominion of Anu. Gišzida was also a god of vegetable growth. At a certain period of the year, Tammuz and Gišzida were stationed in companionship as attendants at the gate of heaven. Here the power of Tammuz to cause vegetation to grow began to be effective. He was, in the first days of his existence, a sun-god, and, stationed in heaven, the rays of his power were felt on earth. So, probably every year, at the time of spring growth, he was conceived of as operating from heaven like a sun.
An-na (see Hymn to Adad, line 3 and Hymn to Bêl, line 18). Tammuz was a companion of Gišzida in the realm of Anu. Gišzida was also a god of plant growth. During a certain time of the year, Tammuz and Gišzida served together as attendants at the gate of heaven. It was here that Tammuz's ability to make plants grow began to take effect. In the early days of his existence, he was seen as a sun-god, and from his place in heaven, the rays of his power were felt on earth. So, probably every year, at the beginning of spring, he was thought to operate from heaven like the sun.
3. a-kala à-ba en dimmer Dumu-zi
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the realm of Dimmer Dumuzi
The mightiness of his power, the lord Tammuz!
The strength of his power, Lord Tammuz!
a-kala (see on line 2).
a-kala (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
à-ba: à (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14). ba (Hymn to Adad, line 25).
to go: to (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). go (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
en (see Hymn to Bêl, line 19).
en (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Dumu-zi. Dumu-zi means “son of life”. Dumu (Hymn to Sin, line 5). zi (see Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
dimmer Dumu-zi. Dumu-zi means “son of life”. Dumu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). zi (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
4. dumu è-gal-a-ni nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dumu è-gal-a-ni nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The son whose temple is not far away!
The son whose temple is nearby!
dumu (see Hymn to Sin, line 5, ṭu-mu).
dumu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, ṭu-mu).
è-gal-a-ni: è-gal equals êkallu, “temple”, (Br. 6252). È.GAL, “great house”, is the common compound ideogram for “temple”, both in Sumerian and Assyrian. The Assyrian êkallu is evidently the Sumerian è, plus gal which is changed to kal. The word has passed over into Hebrew, Syriac and Arabic. è (see Hymn to Sin, line 3). gal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14). è-gal is often followed by la; here, however, it is followed by a, showing that the phonetic use of la and a is quite similar. ni (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
è-gal-a-ni: è-gal is equal to êkallu, meaning “temple” (Br. 6252). È.GAL, “great house,” is the standard compound ideogram for “temple” in both Sumerian and Assyrian. The Assyrian êkallu clearly originates from the Sumerian è, with gal changing to kal. The term has been adopted into Hebrew, Syriac, and Arabic. è (see Hymn to Sin, line 3). gal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 14). è-gal is frequently followed by la; however, in this case, it is followed by a, indicating that the sounds for la and a are quite similar. ni (see Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
nu (Hymn to Sin, line 27).
nu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-su-ga-mu is a verb and seems to mean “who is far away”. The clause occurs also in lines 6, 8, 10 and 12, only that in lines 6 and 12 SU is used instead of SUD. mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). su: SUD seems to equal rûḳu, “distant”, here. Yet when it is equal to rûḳu, it generally has the value sud and is followed by the phonetic complement da; here it is followed by ga. So the value should be sug or su. mu is a relative suffix related to mu of mu-un (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
mu-un-su-ga-mu is a verb that means “who is far away.” This phrase also appears in lines 6, 8, 10, and 12, but in lines 6 and 12, SU is used instead of SUD. mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). su: SUD seems to be equivalent to rûḳu, meaning “distant,” here. However, when it equals rûḳu, it usually takes the form sud and is followed by the phonetic complement da; in this case, it is followed by ga. Therefore, the value should be sug or su. mu is a relative suffix linked to mu in mu-un (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
5. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge è An-na-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge è An-na-ka im-me
The shining one of Ištar, who is in the house of Anu!
The shining one of Ištar, who is in Anu's house!
azag (see Hymn to Sin, line 1).
azag (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Nanâ-ge. Nanâ, also written Nanna, is the Sumerian name of Ištar. NANNU is sometimes written like RI which, when preceded by the god-sign, also equals “Ištar”. ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
dimmer Nanâ-ge. Nanâ, also spelled Nanna, is the Sumerian name for Ištar. NANNU is sometimes written like RI, which, when preceded by the god-sign, also means “Ištar”. ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
è (see Hymn to Sin, line 3).
is (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
An-na-ka (see Hymn to Adad, line 4). ka equals nota genitivi (see Br. 551 and Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
An-na-ka (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ka means not of the genitive (see Br. 551 and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
im-me: im (see Hymn to Sin, line 23). me (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). Tammuz seems to be the shining one. The epithet “shining” is sometimes applied to gods, goddesses, kings, princes and others. The primary relation of Tammuz was that of lover. But in the lower world he made love to another. But each year during the season of vegetable growth he was supposed to be living with Ištar and during the season of vegetable decline he was supposed to be living with the other whom he loved in the regions below. The house of Anu might mean the temple of Anu, but the reference in this line is no doubt to heaven, over which Anu was lord and at whose portals Tammuz sometimes acted as porter.
im-me: im (see Hymn to Sin, line 23). me (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). Tammuz seems to be the shining one. The term “shining” is sometimes used to describe gods, goddesses, kings, princes, and others. Tammuz's main role was that of a lover. However, in the underworld, he was with someone else. Each year, during the growing season, he was supposed to be with Ištar, and during the declining season, he was with the other person he loved in the underworld. The house of Anu might refer to the temple of Anu, but in this line, it undoubtedly refers to heaven, which Anu ruled, and at its gates, Tammuz sometimes acted as a porter.
6. mulu ú-sun-na-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ú-sun-na-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one of plant-germination, who is not far away!
The one of plant germination, who is not far away!
mulu (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
mulu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ú-sun-na-ge: ú-sun seems to be a compound noun meaning “plant-growing”. It occurs eight times in the hymn. ú equals šammu, “plant” (Br. 6027). It is sometime a determinative before the name of a plant (Br. 6029). sun means “irrigate” (MSL. 299). It is improbable that this sign is KIB. ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
ú-sun-na-ge: ú-sun appears to be a compound noun meaning “growing plants.” It shows up eight times in the hymn. ú equals šammu, “plant” (Br. 6027). It sometimes acts as a determinative before the name of a plant (Br. 6029). sun means “to irrigate” (MSL. 299). It is unlikely that this sign represents KIB. ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
nu (see Hymn to Sin, line 27).
nu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-su-ga-mu (see line 4). su(SU) and su(SUD,SUG) are interchangeable (Br. 7593).
mu-un-su-ga-mu (see line 4). su(SU) and su(SUD,SUG) are interchangeable (Br. 7593).
7. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge za NANNA Unug-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge za NANNA Unug-ka im-me
The shining one of Ištar, who is the NANNA-stone of Erech!
The shining one of Ištar, who is the NANNA-stone of Uruk!
azag dimmer Nana-ge (see on line 5).
azag dimmer Nana-ge (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
za: the probable meaning of za here is “stone” (see Hymn to Adad, line 13).
za: the likely meaning of za here is “stone” (see Hymn to Adad, line 13).
NANNA: there are no citations in Brünnow showing the meaning of NANNA when standing alone. za-NANNA-di equals mammû, “snow”, and za-NANNA may mean “white stone”. If NANNA can equal UŠLANU-GUNÛ, then it can mean nasâḳu (Br. 3019) and za-NANNA means “shining stone”. It may be that NANNA stands for UŠLANU-GUNÛ, then ZA.NANNA.UNU.KI could be equal to Unug-ki (Br. 11749), and the line would read azag dimmer Nanâ-ge Unug-ki-ka im-me, “the shining one of Ištar of Erech he is”.
NANNA: There are no citations in Brünnow that clarify the meaning of NANNA when it stands alone. za-NANNA-di equals mammû, “snow,” and za-NANNA might mean “white stone.” If NANNA can equal UŠLANU-GUNÛ, then it can also signify nasâḳu (Br. 3019) and za-NANNA means “shining stone.” It's possible that NANNA stands for UŠLANU-GUNÛ, making ZA.NANNA.UNU.KI equivalent to Unug-ki (Br. 11749), and the line would read azag dimmer Nanâ-ge Unug-ki-ka im-me, “the shining one of Ištar of Erech he is.”
Unug: that Unug is the correct value is shown by the phonetic complement ga that often follows UNU. Erech, we know, was the city of Ištar (Br. 3023). unu (see Hymn to Sin, line 2). ka (line 5).
Unug: the fact that Unug is the right value is indicated by the phonetic addition ga that frequently comes after UNU. We know that Erech was the city of Ištar (Br. 3023). unu (see Hymn to Sin, line 2). ka (line 5).
im-me (see on line 5).
im-me (see on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
8. mulu zib-ba-ra-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu zib-ba-ra-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one of speech, who is not far away!
The one who speaks, who isn't far away!
mulu (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
mulu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
zib-ba-ra-ge: zib-ba (see Hymn to Sin, line 16, gu). ra must answer for vowel prolongation (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4). “One of speech” must mean the god endowed with authoritative utterance on the subject of germination.
zib-ba-ra-ge: zib-ba (see Hymn to Sin, line 16, gu). ra must answer for vowel extension (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4). “One of speech” likely refers to the god given the power to speak authoritatively about germination.
nu mu-un-su-ga-mu (see on line 4).
nu mu-un-su-ga-mu (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
9. bara-ka azag dimmer Nanâ-ge te ki-ka im-me
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ barely able dimmer Nanâ-ge to see
In the temple the shining one of Ištar, who is the foundation of the land!
In the temple of Ištar, the shining one, who is the foundation of the land!
bara-ka: bara equals parakku, “dwelling room in the temple” (Br. 6878). ka (line 5).
bara-ka: bara means parakku, "living room in the temple" (Br. 6878). ka (line 5).
azag dimmer Nanâ-ge (line 5).
azag dimmer Nanâ-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
te equals temennu, “foundation” (Br. 7710).
te equals temennu, “foundation” (Br. 7710).
ki-ka: ki (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ka (Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
ki-ka: ki (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ka (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
im-me (line 5).
me (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
10. mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one of much wine, who is not far away!
The one with a lot of wine, who is not far away!
mulu (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
mulu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ka-áš is evidently a phonetic representation of kaš(BI), cognate with geš in geštin and equal to karânu, “wine” (Br. 5121, 5004 and 5006).
ka-áš is clearly a phonetic representation of kaš(BI), related to geš in geštin and equivalent to karânu, “wine” (Br. 5121, 5004 and 5006).
ka-sa-ge: ka-sa may be a phonetic form for kas equal to šinâ, “two” (Br. 4459). Perhaps it would be better to consider ka-áš ka-sa as a reduplication of kaš, as kaš-kas(š) = “much wine”. ge (Hymn to Adad, line 4). One form of the legend makes Tammuz the begetter of autumn vegetation. If so, he is the producer of much wine. More likely the meaning is that, on his account, much wine was offered in the service of lamentation at his departure.
ka-sa-ge: ka-sa might be a phonetic version of kas, which is equal to šinâ, meaning “two” (Br. 4459). It might be better to think of ka-áš ka-sa as a repetition of kaš, similar to kaš-kas(š) = “a lot of wine”. ge (Hymn to Adad, line 4). One version of the legend suggests that Tammuz is the source of autumn vegetation. If that's the case, he’s the one who produces a lot of wine. More likely, it means that because of him, a lot of wine was offered during the mourning for his departure.
nu mu-un-su-ga-mu (see on line 4).
nu mu-un-su-ga-mu (see at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
11. azag dimmer Nanâ-ge šà-mu ú-sun mu-un-si-mal
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ azag dimmer Nanâ-ge šà-mu ú-sun mu-un-si-mal
The shining one of Ištar, whose heart is full of plant-production!
The radiant one of Ištar, whose heart is full of plant growth!
azag dimmer Nanâ-ge (line 5).
azag dimmer Nanâ-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
šà-mu: šà (Hymn to Sin, line 9, šsag). Relative mu (see line 4).
šà-mu: šà (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, šsag). Relative mu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ú-sun (line 6).
o-sun (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-si-mal. mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). si (see Hymn to Bêl, line 22). mal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). Plant growth is a matter of intelligent devising on the part of Tammuz.
mu-un-si-mal. mu-un (see Hymn to Sin, line 17). si (see Hymn to Bêl, line 22). mal (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). Plant growth is a smart design by Tammuz.
12. mulu ḥul-mal nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ḥul-mal nu mu-un-su-ga-mu
The one enduring evil, who is not far away!
The one lasting evil, who is never far away!
mulu (see Hymn to Adad, line 16).
mulu (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ḥul-mal equals limnu, “evil” (Br. 9508). ḥul equals limênu, “be evil”. mal (Hymn to Bêl, line 18).
ḥul-mal means limnu, “evil” (Br. 9508). ḥul means limênu, “be evil.” mal (Hymn to Bêl, line 18).
nu mu-un-su-ga-mu (line 6).
we are happy (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
13. dimmer mutin An-na-ge kaš-ra-bi mu-un-šub
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin An-na-ge kaš-ra-bi mu-un-šub
The wine-god of Anu, to whom they present their offering!
The wine god of Anu, to whom they give their offering!
mutin is “wood of life”, mu being ES for geš, “wood”, and tin being for ti (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
mutin is “wood of life”, mu being ES for geš, “wood”, and tin being for ti (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
An-na-ge: An-na (see Hymn to Adad, line 3). ge (Hymn to Adad, line 4).
An-na-ge: An-na (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
kaš-ra-bi: kaš equals šikaru, “strong drink” (Br. 5126). ra answers as a vowel of prolongation (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). If ra were a postposition, it would follow the suffix bi (on which see Hymn to Sin, line 27).
kaš-ra-bi: kaš means šikaru, “strong drink” (Br. 5126). ra acts as a vowel that extends the sound (Hymn to Bêl, line 3). If ra functioned as a postposition, it would come after the suffix bi (for more on this, see Hymn to Sin, line 27).
mu-un-šub: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). šub equals nadû “cast down” (Br. 1434). RU signifies “bent down”. The attitude of the mourners may be noted.
mu-un-šub: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). šub means nadû “cast down” (Br. 1434). RU indicates “bent down.” You can see the posture of the mourners.
14. mulu ú-sun-na-ge a-na-ám šú-ba ab-rù
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ú-sun-na-ge a-na-ám šú-ba ab-rù
The one of plant-germination, what does his hand ordain!
The one about plant germination, what does his hand create!
mulu ú-sun-na-ge (see line 6).
mulu ú-sun-na-ge (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
a-na-ám equals minammi (Br. 11436) which is the same as minû “what?” (Br. 11434). Note that a-ba (Hymn to Adad, line 21) equals mannu, “who?”
a-na-ám is the same as minammi (Br. 11436), which is equivalent to minû meaning “what?” (Br. 11434). Also, a-ba (Hymn to Adad, line 21) is equal to mannu, meaning “who?”
šú-ba: šú (Hymn to Bêl, line 25). ba (see Hymn to Adad, line 25).
šú-ba: šú (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ba (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ab-rù: ab (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). rù (Hymn to Sin, line 14).
ab-rù: ab (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). rù (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
15. mulu zib-ba-ra-ge
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu zib-ba-ra-ge
The one of speech!
The speech!
See line 8.
See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
16. mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ka-áš-ka-sa-ge
The one of much wine!
The one with a lot of wine!
See line 10.
See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
17. mulu ḥul-mal a-na-ám šú-ba ab-gin
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mulu ḥul-mal a-na-ám šú-ba ab-gin
The one who endures evil, whither does his hand go!
The one who endures evil, where does his hand go!
mulu ḥul-mal (line 12).
all good things (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
a-na-àm šú-ba (line 14).
I'm happy (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ab-gin: ab (Hymn to Bêl, line 16). gin (Hymn to Bêl, line 23).
ab-gin: ab (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). gin (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
18. dimmer mutin An-na-ge PAḤÂDU sigišše-ra mu-un-šub-bi
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin An-na-ge PAḤÂDU sigišše-ra mu-un-šub-bi
The wine-god of Anu, to whom they offer the lamb of sacrifice!
The wine god of Anu, to whom they offer the sacrificial lamb!
dimmer mutin An-ua-ge (line 13).
dimmer mutin An-ua-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
PAḤÂDU, Assyrian for “lamb”. The sign is PISANNU enclosing GÊSṬARÛ (Br. 5489). The Sumerian value of the sign is not known. Among the few citations in which the sign appears, a female lamb is mentioned (Br. 10946).
PAḤÂDU, which means “lamb” in Assyrian. The symbol is PISANNU, enclosing GÊSṬARÛ (Br. 5489). The Sumerian value of the symbol is unknown. In the few instances where the symbol appears, a female lamb is mentioned (Br. 10946).
sigišše-ra: sigišše equals nîḳû, “sacrifice”, and ra answers as a vowel of prolongation which the sign takes (Br. 9092).
sigišše-ra: sigišše means nîḳû, “sacrifice”, and ra functions as a vowel that extends the sound of the sign (Br. 9092).
mu-un-šub-bi: mu-un-šub (line 13). bi is a phonetic complement.
mu-un-šub-bi: mu-un-šub (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). bi is a phonetic complement.
19. nim-me azag dimmer Nanâ-ra ì mu-un-na-ab-e-e
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ nim-me azag dimmer Nanâ-ra ì mu-un-na-ab-e-e
The lofty one, the shining one of Ištar, to whom they speak.
The high one, the bright one of Ištar, to whom they speak.
nim-me: nim (see Hymn to Adad, line 20). me, phonetic complement.
nim-me: nim (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). me, phonetic complement.
azag (Hymn to Sin, line 1).
azag (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Nanâ-ra: dimmer Nanâ (line 5). ra (Hymn to Bêl, line 3).
dimmer Nanâ-ra: dimmer Nanâ (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ra (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
it (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-na-ab-e-e: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). na-ab is a verbal infix = “to him”, third person here (MSL. p. XXXII). e-e (Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
mu-un-na-ab-e-e: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). na-ab is a verbal infix meaning “to him,” referring to the third person here (MSL. p. XXXII). e-e (Hymn to Bêl, line 14).
20. nim-me ki mu-lu ni ma-ra an-pad-de a-na mu-un-ba-e-e
20. nim-me ki mu-lu ni ma-ra an-pad-de a-na mu-un-ba-e-e
The lofty one of the earth who is the abundance of the land, to whom they speak. What doth he say!
The high one of the earth who holds the wealth of the land, to whom they speak. What does he say!
nim-me (line 19).
nim-me (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ki (Hymn to Bêl, line 9).
ki (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-lu (Hymn to Bêl, line 20).
mu-lu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ni (Hymn to Bêl, line 13).
ni (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
an-pad-de: an (Hymn to Adad, line 1). pad (Hymn to Sin, line 10). de, phonetic complement.
an-pad-de: an (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). pad (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). de, phonetic complement.
a-na equals minû, “what” (Br. 11434), the same as a-na-ám (line 14).
a-na equals minû, “what” (Br. 11434), the same as a-na-ám (line 14).
mu-un-ba-e-e: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). ba may be used as an infix as well as a prefix (MSL. p. XXIV, and Hymn to Bêl, lines 24 and 25). e-e (line 19).
mu-un-ba-e-e: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). ba can be used both as an infix and as a prefix (MSL. p. XXIV, and Hymn to Bêl, lines 24 and 25). e-e (line 19).
21. è kaš-a-ka è gurun-na-ka dumu mu-lu azag zu-ge ne-ne mu-un-til-li
21. It's the way of the world that the son of man shines brightly in their own light
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the shining one of wisdom, who indeed liveth!
In the winehouse, in the fruit house, the son, the bright one of wisdom, who truly lives!
kaš-a-ka: kaš (line 13). a (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). ka (line 5).
kaš-a-ka: kaš (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). a (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). ka (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
gurun-na-ka: gurun equals inbu, “fruit” (Br. 10179). na, phonetic complement. ka (just explained).
gurun-na-ka: gurun means inbu, “fruit” (Br. 10179). na, phonetic complement. ka (just explained).
dumu (Hymn to Sin, line 5).
dude (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-lu (Hymn to Bêl, line 20).
mu-lu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
azag (Hymn to Sin, line 1).
azag (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
zu-ge: zu (Hymn to Bêl, line 1). ge (Hymn to Adad, line 4).
zu-ge: to (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
ne-ne (Hymn to Bêl, line 21).
ne-ne (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-til-li: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). til is probably the longer form of ti (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
mu-un-til-li: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). til is likely the extended version of ti (Hymn to Bêl, line 16).
22. nim-me azag dimmer mutin An-na-ge ì mu-un-na-ab-e-e
22. sing to me, O goddess, that I may speak your name
The lofty one, the shining one, the wine-god of Anu, to whom they speak!
The high one, the bright one, the wine-god of Anu, to whom they talk!
nim-me azag (line 19).
nim-me azag (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer mutin An-na-ge (line 13).
dimmer mutin An-na-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ì mu-un-na-ab-e-e (line 19).
it's not going to happen (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
23. nim-me ki šes ma-ra an-pad-de a-na-ám mu-un-ma-al
23. I'm not sure how to respond to your message
The lofty one of earth, the brother of the land, to whom they speak! What doth his hand effect!
The high one of the earth, the brother of the land, whom they talk to! What does his hand achieve!
nim-me ki (line 20).
pick me up (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
šes (line 1).
six (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ma-ra (Hymn to Sin, line 16).
ma-ra (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
an-pad-de (line 20).
an-pad-de (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
a-na-ám (line 14).
a-na-ám (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
mu-un-ma-al: mu-un (Hymn to Sin, line 17). ma-al is the verb (Hymn to Bêl, line 11).
mu-un-ma-al: mu-un (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ma-al is the verb (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
Reverse
24. è kaš-a-ka è gurun-na-ka dumu mulu azag zu-ge sigišše sag tuk-a-na
24. is a son of a woman who is truly exceptional and stands out among others
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the shining one of wisdom, who has a great sacrifice!
In the house of wine, in the house of fruit, the son, the brilliant one of wisdom, who offers an amazing sacrifice!
è kaš-a-ka è gurun-na-nka dumu mulu azag zu-ge (line 21).
è kaš-a-ka è gurun-na-nka dumu mulu azag zu-ge (line 21).
sigišše (line 18).
sigišše (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
sag (Hymn to Bêl, line 5).
sag (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
tuk-a-na: tuk equals išû, “have” (Br. 11237). a, vowel of prolongation (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). na, suffix of the third person (Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
tuk-a-na: tuk means išû, “have” (Br. 11237). a, a vowel for extension (Hymn to Bêl, line 9). na, a suffix for the third person (Hymn to Bêl, line 1).
25. ur-sag giš ku-a sag-mal-mal-ge
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ur-sag giš ku-a sag-mal-mal-ge
The hero of great weapons!
The hero of epic weapons!
ur equals amêlu, “man” (Br. 11256).
ur equals amêlu, “man” (Br. 11256).
sag (Hymn to Bêl, line 5). ur-sag means “head-man”, and is also equal to ḳarradu, “mighty one”.
sag (Hymn to Bêl, line 5). ur-sag means “chief”, and is also equivalent to ḳarradu, “powerful one”.
giš ku-a: giš equals iṣu, “wood”, and is a determinative before names of things made of wood. ku equals bêlu, “weapon”, perhaps sacrificial implements. a, vowel of prolongation.
giš ku-a: giš means iṣu, “wood”, and serves as a marker before names of items made from wood. ku means bêlu, “weapon”, possibly referring to sacrificial tools. a is a prolongation vowel.
sag-mal-mal-ge: sag (just explained). mal-mal: PISANNU is dialectic for either MA.AL or IḲU and as a suffix makes an adjective of a noun (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18). ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
sag-mal-mal-ge: sag (just explained). mal-mal: PISANNU is a dialect term for either MA.AL or IḲU and, as a suffix, turns a noun into an adjective (see Hymn to Bêl, lines 1 and 18). ge (see Hymn to Adad, line 4).
26. dimmer mutin An-na-ge ú-sun-na sag-mal-mal-ge
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dimmer mutin An-na-ge ú-sun-na sag-mal-mal-ge
The wine god of Anu, the great plant-germinator!
The wine god of Anu, the great plant-starter!
dimmer mutin An-na-ge (line 13).
dimmer mutin An-na-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
ú-sun-na (line 6).
u-sun-na (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
sag mal-mal-ge (line 25).
say mal-mal-ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
27. ú-sun gurun-gurun ú-sun gurun-gurun šes-mu ú-sun gurun-gurun
27. ú-sun gurun-gurun ú-sun gurun-gurun šes-mu ú-sun gurun-gurun
The germinator of many fruits, the germinator of many fruits, my brother, the germinator of many fruits!
The sprouter of many fruits, the sprouter of many fruits, my brother, the sprouter of many fruits!
ú-sun (line 6).
U-Sun (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
gurun-gurun, plural form of gurun (line 21).
deserts, plural form of desert (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
šes-mu: šes (line 1). mu (Hymn to Adad, line 16).
šes-mu: šes (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). mu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__).
28. ú-sun a-ra-li ú-sun gurun-gurun šes-mu ú-šun gurun-gurun
28. When the sun rises, the sun shines brightly as it illuminates the world.
The germinator of the lower world, the germinator of many fruits, my brother, the germinator of many fruits!
The sprouter of the underworld, the sprouter of many fruits, my brother, the sprouter of many fruits!
ú-sun (line 6).
u-sun (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
a-ra-li has passed over into Assyrian as arallû, “lower world”. a-ra-li is phonetic. There is a sign, URUGAL, translated by arallû. URUGAL consists of the “enclosure” sign containing the sign GAL and means “great house”. è-kur-be is also translated by arallû and is equal to bît mûti, “house of the dead” (Br. 6259); more literally the meaning is “house of the land of the dead”.
a-ra-li has been adopted into Assyrian as arallû, which means “lower world.” a-ra-li is phonetic. There is a symbol, URUGAL, that is interpreted as arallû. URUGAL is made up of the “enclosure” symbol containing the sign GAL and translates to “great house.” è-kur-be is also interpreted as arallû and is equivalent to bît mûti, meaning “house of the dead” (Br. 6259); more literally, it means “house of the land of the dead.”
ú-sun gurun-gurun šes-mu (line 27).
sun shining brightly (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
29. in-nu gíš giš gu-ga-ge tàl-ta-al-ta-al mu-ib-rá-rá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ in-nu gíš giš gu-ga-ge tàl-ta-al-ta-al mu-ib-rá-rá
The vegetable germinator(?), the only plant begetter, who goeth forth!
The vegetable sprouter, the only plant creator, who moves forward!
in-nu might equal tibnu, “straw”, “vegetation” (Br. 4231). Perhaps it would be better to take in-nu as a verb meaning “he is the one who”, in being a verbal prefix and nu the verbal stem in the sense of zikaru (Br. 1964), as in nu-banda (MSL. 264).
in-nu might equal tibnu, “straw”, “vegetation” (Br. 4231). It might be more accurate to interpret in-nu as a verb meaning “he is the one who,” with in serving as a verbal prefix and nu as the verbal stem similar to zikaru (Br. 1964), as in nu-banda (MSL. 264).
gíš: UŠ with the value gíš equals riḥû, “beget” (Br. 5042).
gíš: UŠ with the value gíš equals riḥû, “beget” (Br. 5042).
giš gu-ga-ge: giš (see line 25). gu (Hymn to Bêl, line 20). ga answers as a vowel of prolongation. ge (Hymn to Adad, line 4).
giš gu-ga-ge: giš (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). gu (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). ga acts as a long vowel. ge (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
tàl-ta-al-ta-al: tàl is the value of ÁŠ required by the phonetic gloss ta-al-ta-al.
tàl-ta-al-ta-al: tàl is the value of ÁŠ needed for the phonetic gloss ta-al-ta-al.
mu-ib-rá-rá: mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ib is a modal verbal infix (MSL. p. XXIV). rá is a value of DU (see Hymn to Adad, line 21, gin).
mu-ib-rá-rá: mu (see Hymn to Bêl, line 18). ib is a modal verbal infix (MSL. p. XXIV). rá is a value of DU (see Hymn to Adad, line 21, gin).
30. dumu zi-ga-na ga-ni šà-zi-zi mu-ib-rá
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ stay strong and be brave
The son of life, his fulness in the midst of life goeth forth.
The son of life, his fullness in the middle of life goes forth.
dumu (Hymn to Sin, line 5).
dude (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
zi-ga-na: zi (Hymn to Bêl, line 23). ga serves for vowel prolongation. na is postpositional.
zi-ga-na: zi (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). ga extends vowels. na is postpositional.
ga-ni: ga (Hymn to Bêl, line 12). ni may be taken as the possessive suffix of the third person.
ga-ni: ga (Hymn to Bêl, line 12). ni can be considered the possessive suffix for the third person.
šà-zi-zi: šà (Hymn to Bêl, line 22). zi (just explained).
šà-zi-zi: šà (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). zi (as just explained).
mu-ib-rá (see line 29).
mu-ib-rá (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
31. eš diš êr-lim-ma dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ eš diš êr-lim-ma dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam
Thirty lines. Hymn to Tammuz.
Thirty lines. Song to Tammuz.
eš: GÊŠPÛ with the value eš means “thirty”. diš is frequently a determinative before proper names, but here seems to mean “line”.
eš: GÊŠPÛ with the value eš means “thirty”. diš is often a marker before proper names, but here it seems to mean “line”.
êr lim-ma (see Hymn to Bêl, colophon).
ê lim-ma (see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).
dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam: dimmer Dumu-zi (line 3). da (Hymn to Bêl, line 4). kam (Hymn to Sin, line 27).
dimmer Dumu-zi-da-kam: dimmer Dumu-zi (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). da (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__). kam (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__).
Glossary
- A
- Page
- aba66
- abba65
- abgin77
- abdamên35
- abrù76
- azaggi53
- akad37
- akazušù62
- akala73
- ama29
- amânkiga60
- ana77
- ana-ám76
- anzakku58
- Annaka74
- anpadde78
- anšàgga48
- arali79
- Ašsuḥud46
- àba73
- ama62
- soul34
- â26
- âzu47
- E
- e51
- ebi54
- elum37
- en38
- enabler40
- Enzu55
- Enlillá46
- erimna29
- erita69
- éš48
- egalani73
- Énernugal45
- era69
- it's me69
- êgâ48
- era72
- U
- you38
- udda61
- Udkibnunnage53
- to carry61
- ummešilálá64
- ummešisisi64
- Unugka75
- ursag79
- uršazu62
- úsunnage74
- ùme-ám68
- ùmu-egul68
- earth68
- ùmúne26
- ùnêla30
- û64
- ûgalla61
- ûdêš51
- ûsuddu52
- B
- ba-ediḥuláḥe63
- Babarette35
- Babbaršušù35
- bagantallá65
- banner41
- band69
- blessing75
- burrow61
- bartabba60
- 82
- bašînag68
- bišaggazune49
- bur68
- G
- ga33
- gaba29
- galgale67
- gannu31
- garrani69
- gashan36
- giga28
- ginnaginna66
- giš79
- gíg67
- gin41
- gíš80
- gešni68
- gauge80
- gurunnaka78
- gúrra39
- gù31
- M
- ma30
- maḥ54
- manîbsi40
- mara50
- moms38
- màgur44
- màdim48
- myself41
- melamzu38
- Merri64
- mu-ibrárá80
- mu-egin40
- mu-edamal37
- mu-ešînmaš50
- mubi42
- muduru51
- muzu58
- love68
- muḥzušù67
- muḥnašù68
- mulu64
- munîbnene39
- muradûd66
- mutiny76
32 - Mûllilli40
- Mûllilra47
- moon51
78 63 - mûnmâl78
- mûnnâbe-e77
- minimal76
- mûnsugamu74
- mûnrùrùrù61
- mûnšubbi77
- mûntilli78
- N
- nanam72
- Nanâra77
- ná67
- nà-a31
- nâmga41
- nâmzuka24
- nanny34
- 83
- ni77
66 - nimme77
- ninzu37
- Ninlil62
- niche42
- nì37
- nìkige59
- nìtena25
50 52 - nene78
- nesig31
- nêla41
- nu54
- Nudimmude52
- nunuzám33
- nûmti36
- S
- sagezi40
- sagmalmalge79
- preferred32
- salduggazune50
- salzi50
28 - siba-e40
- sigišše79
- síggazune47
- silimmâni33
- su68
- sugar54
- sušišù66
- Ḳ
- ḳarra31
- Š
- šá37
- šàzizi80
- šàmu76
- šànì39
- Šisunukima45
- Šiskima54
- še38
- I'm79
- šêrmal25
- šêrmâllazune47
- šú41
- šú-ummeti67
- šúba77
- šúgil42
- šúza52
Footnotes
Transcriber’s Notes
- A few typographical errors or inconsistent spellings were corrected.
- In the text version only, delimited italicized text within _underscores_.
- In the text version only, determinatives (words printed in superscript) are preceded by a caret (^) character.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!